The URL can be used to link to this page

08 14 2013 SpCouncil AgendaPage Township of Proud Heritage, Exciting Future THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE SPECIAL COUNCIL MEETING AGENDA COUNCIL CHAMBERS Wednesday, August 14, 2013 2:00 p.m. - Closed Session Open Session Immediately Following Closed Session 1. CALL TO ORDER - PRIVATE PRAYER/MOMENT OF REFLECTION: 2. ADOPTION OF AGENDA: a) Motion to Adopt the Agenda. 3. DISCLOSURE OF PECUNIARY INTEREST: 4. CLOSED SESSION ITEMS: a) Motion to go In Closed Session. b) Motion to Rise and Report. c) Jerry Ball, Director of Transportation and Environmental Services re: Acquisition/disposition of land (Water/Waste Water Servicing). d) Doug Irwin, Director of Corporate Services/Clerk, re: Acquisition/disposition of land (Portion of School House Road). 5. IDENTIFICATION FROM THE PUBLIC OF AN AGENDA ITEM OF INTEREST: 6. REPORTS OF MUNICIPAL OFFICERS: 4-10 a) Report No. DS2013-48, Andria Leigh, Director of Development Services re: Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municipal Underground Services) for South Shore Isabella Estates Inc., Registered Plan M-1015 [Refer to Items 10c) and d)]. 11 -15 b) Report No. TES2013-16, Jerry Ball, Director of Transportation and Environmental Services re: New Well Construction for Horseshoe Valley Area. 7. REPORTS OF MEMBERS OF COUNCIL: 16 a) Mayor H.S. Hughes re: Municipal Infrastructure Funding Consultation. 17 b) Mayor H.S. Hughes and Councillor Evans re: Lake Simcoe Region Conservation Authority / Association of Municipalities of Ontario Delegation. Page 1 of 193 Special Council Meeting Agenda - August 14, 2013 8. CONSENT AGENDA: 18 a) Announcements of Interest to the Public: 1. Annual Memorial Service, Soldier's Monument, Waverley, Sunday, September 8, 2013, 2:30 p.m. 9. COMMUNICATIONS: 19-20 a) Correspondence dated July 22, 2013 from Roy Hastings, re: Request for Access to Line 5 and the Overpass via Parkland at Melville Court. 21 -22 b) Correspondence dated July 23, 2013 from Brandon McDonald, re: Request to Purchase Township Property Fronting on 1505 15/16 Sideroad. 23 c) Correspondence dated August 6, 2013 from Stan & Linda Kinsey re: Simcoe Road Cheque Deposit Request. 10. BY-LAWS: 24-28 a) By -Law No. 2013-137 A By-law to Provide for Remuneration and Expenses for Members of Council and Council's Appointees to Local Boards and Committees/Technical Support Groups, and Expenses for Employees, and to Repeal By-law No. 2013-020. 29-30 b) By -Law No. 2013-138 Being A By -Law To Authorize The Execution Of An Agreement Between The Township Of Oro- Medonte And Michael Alfred Gartner And Colleen Carolyn Gartner To Allow For Two Dwellings. 31 -35 c) By -Law No. 2013-140 Being a By -Law to Authorize the Issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municipal Underground Services) for South Shore Isabella Estates Inc., Plan 51 M-1015. 36-37 d) By -Law No. 2013-141 A By-law to Remove a Holding Provision on lands described as follows: Pt Lot 5, Concession 14, Medonte as in R01 67598 Except Pt 1, 51 R37351; Township of Oro-Medonte (Geographic Township of Medonte), County of Simcoe, PIN 58530-0396 (LT), (known as South Shore Isabella Estates Inc. Subdivision), Registered Plan 51 M-1015, Township of Oro-Medonte, County of Simcoe. 38-192 e) By -Law No. 2013-143 A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Between the Township of Oro-Medonte and Huronia Nurse Practitioner — LED Clinic. Page 2 of 193 Special Council Meeting Agenda - August 14, 2013 11. QUESTIONS FROM THE PUBLIC CLARIFYING AN AGENDA ITEM: 12. CONFIRMATION BY-LAW: 193 a) By -Law No. 2013-139 Being a By -Law to Confirm the Proceedings of the Special Council Meeting held on Wednesday, August 14, 2013. 13. ADJOURNMENT: a) Motion to Adjourn. Page 3 of 193 6.a) Report No. DS2013-48, Andria Leigh, Director of Develop... REPORT �T h' )f��,� Proud Heritage, Exciting Future Report No. To: Prepared By: DS2013-048 Council Andria Leigh Meeting Date: Subject: Motion # August 14, 2013 Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance Roll #: R.M.S. File #: 020-004-13700 (Municipal Underground Services) for South Shore D12 38706 Isabella Estates Inc., Registered Plan M-1015 RECOMMENDATION(S): Requires Action ZX For Information Only It is recommended that: 1. THAT Report No. DS2013-048 be received and adopted; 2. THAT the Township issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municipal Underground Services) for South Shore Isabella Estates Inc. dated August 1, 2013, Registered Plan 51 M-1015; 3. THAT the Clerk bring forward the appropriate By-law for Council's consideration; and 4. THAT the Developer be notified of Council's decision. BACKGROUND: The Township entered into a Subdivision Agreement for the South Shore Isabella Estates Inc. subdivision in Warminster which consisted of a total of 22 residential lots which are serviced by municipal water and individual sewage treatment systems. ANALYSIS: In accordance with the Subdivision Agreement, the developer has completed the underground services which were inspected by the Township's engineer on May 24, 2013 and are found to be acceptable with the exception of the deficiencies noted in AECOM's Construction Status report dated August 1, 2013 (Attachment #2). On this basis, AECOM is now recommending the issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municipal Underground Services) (Attachment #1). With the issuance of the Certificate, the Developer's two (2) year maintenance period will begin in accordance with the terms and conditions of the subdivision agreement. DEVELOPMENT SERVICES August 14, 2013 Report No. DS2013-048 Page 1 of 7 Page 4 of 193 6.a) Report No. DS2013-48, Andria Leigh, Director of Develop... Section 8.2. (ii) of the Subdivision Agreement states that: The approval of the Plan by the Township, or the acceptance by the Township of the works, shall not be deemed to give any assurance that the Building Permits, when applied for, will be issued in respect of the lots or blocks shown on the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Building Permits will be given and the Chief Building Official may refuse any application until: (ii) The Storm Water Management System and Waterworks have been installed, tested and approved by the Township Engineer and he has issued his Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municipal Underground Services). With the issuance of the Certificate (By-law 2013-140) by Council, building permits could now be considered provided they are in compliance with the additional subdivision agreement requirements. In order for such building permits to be considered, the Holding Provision which continues to be applied to the South Shore Isabella Estates Inc. subdivision lands is now required to be lifted. By-law 2013-141 provides the necessary by-law to lift the Holding Provision applying to the subject lands. AECOM will also be providing the Township shortly a recommendation regarding a reduction in the Letter of Credit based on the works completed and inspected to date. The Township currently holds $ 284,231.59. The request for the Letter of Credit reduction will be circulated to Senior Management and once confirmation is obtained that the Township Developer Deposit account is in good standing and the required Statutory Declaration is obtained from the developer, the recommended letter of credit reduction will be submitted to the Director of Finance/Treasurer. FINANCIAL/ LEGAL IMPLICATIONS/ RISK MANAGEMENT: Not applicable. POLICIES/LEGISLATION: Planning Act Subdivision Agreement CORPORATE STRATEGIC GOALS: Sustainability — To build an increasingly sustainable community with regard for; and sensitivity to the needs of future generations. Financial Stewardship — To continue to improve value received in the expenditure of tax dollars as well as maintaining a financial position that is fiscally sound for the Township. Service Excellence — To provide a welcoming, courteous and professional culture of service excellence on the part of Council and Township staff. DEVELOPMENT SERVICES August 14, 2013 Report No. DS2013-048 Page 2 of 7 Page 5 of 193 6.a) Report No. DS2013-48, Andria Leigh, Director of Develop... CONSULTATIONS: AECOM ATTACHMENTS: Attachment #1 — Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municipal Underground Services) Attachment #2 — AECOM Construction Status Report August 1, 2013 CONCLUSION: The above noted certificate for the South Shore Isabella Estates Inc. is in compliance with the subdivision agreement and therefore the issuance of the Certificate is considered appropriate. With the issuance of the Certificate for the Municipal Underground Services, the required two year maintenance period will begin. Respectfully submitted: Andria Leigh, MCIP, RPP Director of Development Services SMT Approval / Comments: I C.A.O. Approval / Comments: DEVELOPMENT SERVICES August 14, 2013 Report No. DS2013-048 Page 3 of 7 Page 6 of 193 6.a) Report No. DS2013-48, Andria Leigh, Director of Develop... Attachment #1 ACOM AECOM 55 c" fomle Du.' stile 620 705 721 9n2 tel 13. a ON; C.A. LtN 5R7 705 7 .14 0764 fnx YYYNt•.ahUnfeglY TOWNSHOP ENGINEERS CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE (MUNICIPAL UNDERGROUND SERVICES) MUNICIPALITY Township of Oro-Medonte PROJECT Isabella Estates Plan 51M-9015 DEVELOPER South Shore isabelia Estates Inc. FILE NO. 60118/76 (440.00307301 12008 -SUB -011 Description of the Works. • Watermain Works in the Isabella Estates Subdivision on'Merrington Avenue from the cul-de-sac east (330 metres) to the Homire Subdivision and including along the west side of Lot 14 (87 m); We, AECOM, notify the Municipality that the above mentioned works were inspected on May 24, 2013 and to the best of our knowledge and judgement, are complete in accordance with the Subdivision Agreement except for the deficiencies below: • Items listed inAECOM Construction Status Report dated August 1, 2013. We hereby accept these works for use and operation by the Municipality subject to the rectification of the above noted deficiencies and to the rectification of any further deficiencies that may become apparent during the maintenance period and to the maintenance that is require by the Subdivision Agreement and its Amendment. The date of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municipal Underground Services) is established by the Cerdficate as of August 1, 2013. Date: AU6 vS7 Z. 2" Signature: C> K:18011817010030730IfCertfimte0S. C. andA.Uinferg—dAm DEVELOPMENT SERVICES Report No. DS2013-048 August 14, 2013 Page 4 of 7 Page 7 of 193 6.a) Report No. DS2013-48, Andria Leigh, Director of Develop... Attachment #2 Township of Oro-Medonte Died _ submllted of S. C.&A. (Municipal Underground Ser r B f 0-0030730) iVactor:. RumbleConstrueflon _ iistered Plan.51M-1095 3 WORKS.:.. i Completed and Comments rks under separate certificate as per S.A. Section 7A4' - - ansiomofthe Homire Subdivision -SWM Pond jTalong south side, next to fame Pat& Inspectors Name: (4Q - 1of3. Project Manager /4 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES Report No. DS2013-048 August 14, 2013 Page 5 of 7 Page 8 of 193 mor Sub tra �_ _ File Nu En inear: C.C.-Tatham & Associates Ltd. pate: August 1, 2013 STAR Siltation Controls 1 j siltfence installed and maintained . _. Died _ submllted of S. C.&A. (Municipal Underground Ser r B f 0-0030730) iVactor:. RumbleConstrueflon _ iistered Plan.51M-1095 3 WORKS.:.. i Completed and Comments rks under separate certificate as per S.A. Section 7A4' - - ansiomofthe Homire Subdivision -SWM Pond jTalong south side, next to fame Pat& Inspectors Name: (4Q - 1of3. Project Manager /4 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES Report No. DS2013-048 August 14, 2013 Page 5 of 7 Page 8 of 193 6.a) Report No. DS2013-48, Andria Leigh, Director of Develop... Attachment #2 (cont.) Township of Oro-Medonte DEVELOPMENT SERVICES August 14, 2013 Report No. DS2013-048 Page 6 of 7 Page 9 of 193 6.a) Report No. DS2013-48, Andria Leigh, Director of Develop... Attachment #2 (cont.) Township of Oro-Medonte Inspectors Name! _ 3 of 3 DEVELOPMENT SERVI Report No. DS2013-048 August 14, 2013 Page 7 of 7 Page 10 of 193 Subdivision: Isabella Estates File Number: 60118176 (440-0030730) Eri�ineer: 6.b) Report No. TES2013-16, Jerry Ball, Director of Transpor... Township of REPORT C3 Proud Heritage, Exciting Future Report No. TES2013-16 To: COUNCIL Prepared By: Jerry Ball Meeting Date: August 14, 2013 Subject: NEW WELL CONSTRUCTION FOR HORSESHOE VALLEY AREA Motion # Roll #: R.M.S. File #: RECOMMENDATION(S): Requires Action ❑X For Information Only ❑ It is recommended that: 1. THAT Report No. TES2013-16 be received and adopted. 2. THAT the tender to construct a new well, for the Municipal water system in Horseshoe Valley, be awarded to International Water Supply at the tendered cost of $399,400.00 3. AND THAT staff continue to work with all affected parties to reach Cost Sharing Agreements. BACKGROUND: On September 5, 2012, Report No. TES2012-26 Water System Capacity was presented to Council. In the body of the report it was noted that from the completion of AECOM `S Hydraulic Analysis, for the Horseshoe Valley Water Distribution System, there was no further capacity for any further development. Also, within this report was a table which summarized a cost estimate for the 3 phases of upgrades, needed prior to any future development. The cost for this work was estimated at $4,048,450.00. The recommendation from this report was that the scope of the project be included in the 2013 budget. On November 7, 2012, Report No. TES2012- 32 Water System Capacity was presented to Council, which recommended the following: • That the Township facilitates and all the effected parties, within the Horseshoe Valley area, come to an agreement for cost sharing and scheduling of the required water upgrades • That the funds be included in the 2013 budget for Township staff to proceed with the submission of an Environmental Certificate of Approval, Permit to Take Water, and construction of a new well. • That further funds be included in the 2014 budget (including appropriate financing) to frontend the remaining work for the Water System upgrades. Transportation and Environmental Services Report No. TES2013-16 August 14, 2013 Page 1 of 3 Page 11 of 193 6.b) Report No. TES2013-16, Jerry Ball, Director of Transpor... • That staff be authorized to prepare a tender for the construction of a new well in Horseshoe Valley. This new well would address the short fall for water capacity and also fire flow shortage. Also, within that report, it was stated that a Cost Sharing Agreement was to be in place where each development would contribute to the costs associated with the construction of the new well. Council instructed staff to proceed with the tendering process and bring the tender results back before Council, prior to awarding the tender. ANALYSIS: Staff engaged AECOM and Golder and Associates to prepare the tender for the construction of the new well in Horseshoe Valley. Tenders were invited from three reputable water well drilling firms, with experience in Simcoe County. The following tender results were received: 1. International Water Supply Limited, $399,400.00 2. Allan Wright Water Wells Inc. $437,359.44 3. Northern Well Drilling Limited $566,857.69 As identified in Report No. TES2012-26, there are a number of issues regarding water capacity storage, and fire flow, for existing and proposed future development. Three phases have been itemized to address the required upgrades for this water system, the first being to construct a new well. As recommended in Report No. TES2012-32, Cost Sharing Agreements were to be in place prior to awarding the tender, and constructing a new well. Discussions with all parties have occurred regarding the cost sharing, however to date, no agreements have been reached. Staff recommends that we move forward with phase one to construct the new well, which would be the first step to addressing the water issues in the Horseshoe Valley area. Mr. John Easton, from Golder and Associates, has reviewed the tender results and recommends that International Water Supply Limited be awarded the tender to construct a new well, at a cost of $399,400.00, plus taxes. FINANCIAL / LEGAL IMPLICATIONS / RISK MANAGEMENT: This project would be financed from Environmental Services 2013 capital budget as listed. POLICIES/LEGISLATION: N/A CORPORATE STRATEGIC GOALS: Quality of Life Safe & Healthy Community Service Excellence Sustainability External Relations Transportation and Environmental Services August 14, 2013 Report No. TES2013-16 Page 2 of 3 Page 12 of 193 6.b) Report No. TES2O13-16, Jerry Ball, Director of Transpor... CONSULTATIONS: Rick Groves, AECOM John Easton, Golder and Associates Fred MacGregor, Manager of Environmental Services ATTACHMENTS: Tender results from Golder Associates, for the construction of a new well. CONCLUSION: Staff recommends that the tender be awarded to International Water Supply, to construct a new well for the Municipal water system in Horseshoe Valley, and the Municipality front end the costs for this project, as identified in the 2013 capital budget. The new well will provide additional capacity and fire flow, that is required for future development, will enhance the existing system and daily maintenance. Staff also recommends that no further development be allowed until cost sharing has been agreed upon, which will provide a mechanism for the Municipality to recover the front ending costs for the well project. Respectfully submitted: C11440 Jerry Ball Director, Transportation and Environmental Services SMT Approval / Comments: I C.A.O. Approval / Comments: Transportation and Environmental Services Report No. TES2013-16 August 14, 2013 Page 3 of 3 Page 13 of 193 6.b) Report No. TES2013-16, Jerry Ball, Director of Transpor... (D -Golder Associates July 23, 2013 The Township of Oro-Medonte Mr. Jerry Ball 148 Line 7 South Oro, Ontario, LOL 2X0 HORSESHOE HIGHLANDS WELL 3 COMPARISON OF WELL TENDERS Dear Mr. Ball, Project No. 12-1170-0010 On behalf of the Township of Oro-Medonte we prepared a tender for the construction of a municipal well at the location of Well 2 at the Horseshoe Highlands municipal water system. The original well tender specified a double well casing, which while the preferred method of construction was significantly above the estimated well cost. The well was retendered with a design similar to Well 1, but with provision that the contractors could place the approximately 20 m of well screen successfully. The second set of tenders is presented here. Tenders were invited from three reputable water well drilling firms, all with experience in Simcoe County drilling municipal grade, deep overburden wells. They were Allan Wright Water Wells of Hillsdale, International Water Supply of Barrie, and Northern Well Drilling of Unionville. All tenderers completed the form of tender appropriately. The well tender prices are as follows: Drilling Firm Schedule of Items and Prices Contingency Allowance . Total International Water Supply Limited $361,000.00 $38,400.00 $399,400.00 Allan Wright Water Wells $391,432.00 $45,927.44 $437,359.44 Inc. Northern Well Drilling Limited $532,690.00 $34,167.69 $566,857.69 The tender from International Water Supply indicates they could start the well in early to mid August, 2013 and complete the well by November 15, 2013. The tender with the International Water Supply form of tender is attached. It is recommended that the Township of Oro-Medonte enter into an agreement with International Water Supply for the construction of the well. BEST MANAGED COMPANIES Platinum member Golder Associates Ltd. 121 Commerce Park Drive, Unit L, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4N 8X1 Tel: +1 (705) 722 4492 Fax: +1 (705) 722 3786 www.goider.com Golder Associates: Operations in Africa, Asia, Australasia: Europe. North America and South America Page 14 of 193 6.b) Report No. TES2013-16, Jerry Ball, Director of Transpor... Mr. Jerry Ball The Township of Oro-Medonte 12-1170-0010 July 23, 2013 Please contact the undersigned should you have any questions. Regards, GOLDER ASSOCIATES LTD. Jo n aston, M.Sc., P.Geo. er Hydrogeologist, Associate Attachments: International Water Supply Form of Tender JAE/plc r 2/2 Golder Associates Page 15 of 193 Ta) Mayor H.S. Hughes re: Municipal Infrastructure Funding ... Verbal Matters (Section 12.3 of Township's Townshipof Procedural By -Law No. 2013-05411) Proud Heritage, Exciting Future Name: Mayor H.S. Hughes Item Number/Name: 7a) Municipal Infrastructure Funding Consultation. Meeting Date: 08 14 2013 Motion No.: SC130814-8 Type of Meeting: ❑ CouncilX❑ Special Council Committee of Adjustment ❑ Accessibility Advisory Committee Recreational Technical Support Group ❑ Heritage Committee Speaking Notes: • Staff, the Deputy Mayor and the Mayor attended an announcement in Elmvale regarding 100 million dollars of newly announced infrastructure funding. • One outcome was that all municipalities wanted funding to be allocated on an entitlement as opposed to merit based because of the difficulties associated with merit based funding. 8/22/13 Page 16 of 193 7.b) Mayor H.S. Hughes and Councillor Evans re: Lake Simcoe ... Verbal Matters (Section 12.3 of Township's Townshipof Procedural By -Law No. 2013-05411) Proud Heritage, Exciting Future Name: Mayor H.S. Hughes and Councillor Evans Item Number/Name 7b) Lake Simcoe Region Conservation Authority / Association of Municipalities of Ontario Delegation. Meeting Date: 108142013 Motion No.: SC130814-9 Type of Meeting: ❑ Council X❑ Special Council ❑ Committee of Adjustment ❑ Accessibility Advisory Committee Recreational Technical Support Group Heritage Committee Speaking Notes: • LSRCA requested that municipal councils address a number of issues with the Ministry while at AMO. • One additional request that OM has put forth is that the conservation authorities be given the same latitude to make reasonable adjustments for the Lake Simcoe Protection Plan as they have in other areas. 8/23/13 Page 17 of 193 8.a) Announcements of Interest to the Public:Annual Memorial... REMEMBRANCE Annual Memorial Service At the Soldier's Monument Waverley SUNDAY SEPTEMBER 8, 2013 2:30 p.m. Every year, the Waverley Community holds a service to remember those who gave their lives during the two World Wars and Korean War. The Soldier's Monument represents those Servicemen from the former Townships of Tiny, Tay, Flos and Medonte. Please plan to attend to honour those who gave their lives so that we might live in freedom. For further information contact: Bonnie Reynolds 705-526-4216 (daytime) 526-2306 (evening) Page 18 of 193 9.a) Correspondence dated July 22, 2013 from Roy Hastings, r... Letter to Oro-Medonte Council July 22, 2013, Dear Mayor Hughes, Deputy Mayor Hough, Councillor Coutanche, Councillor Crawford, Councillor Evans, Councillor Lancaster, and Councillor Meyer, I live at 2278 Highway I I South, As a result my driveway access is right onto Highway 11. From time to time it is necessary to move a tractor, wagon, or other equipment from my home property. Using Highway I I is a serious safety concern therefore I am requesting access to Line 5 and the overpass via the parkland at the end of Melville Court. At present there are big boulders blocking the exit there. I am willing to donate the necessary gate(s) to replace the boulders and facilitate my access to Melville Court as an alternate and much safer route via the side roads and concessions. Thank you for consideration of my request, Respectfully, Roy Hastings Page 19 of 193 9.a) Correspondence dated July 22, 2013 from Roy Hastings, r... Page 20 of 193 r, sf- flN-Q- ©-F- +11-10 -tel/' f -j r, � b d n S;;6 �'il V i c �D n c> LOCL� Cl X4-eS U -E-^ow. �C lve Com . 4 CLr" a 2r.� lJ C�7 • LoG 2 v DS-i�P7 �?�3 z ict deyrAoowe 1-7 C'+ 705' - Ljv-'iS7- / 7// . % 70 7-26-5 '7.. C- 1gC4-U1 L -C = C'A T- 765- �'87- 13 i 9S GE I s 4 M ELNJ i fl€ 7 mil `Q, C,rCi 7o -5 --48-7 - `T `lo-, los 95-+-191�Q 70f l � n ` r 15 .'O A, 7D - - V17 - X69 I n I jcho k4ff'^' c:;�7 /-Wj r RECE IVED AUG 4 2013 ©R®-MED©NYE TOWN&IIP Page 20 of 193 9.b) Correspondence dated July 23, 2013 from Brandon McDonal... July 23 2013 To whom it may concern: This letter is to express my interest in purchasing a small parcel of land from the Township of Oro Medonte that is located between my lot of land that I recently purchased, and the road (15/16 Sideroad E.) My address is 1505 15/16 sideroad E. in Hawkestone ON LOL 1TO. The lot that my house is located on is an irregular shape due to the fact that there is an old road (that is no longer in use) that runs in front of my property, between 15/16 sideroad E, and my property. Please contact me with any information regarding my interest in this matter. Thank You Brandon McDonald i .ili� I0I3 i Z _ Page 21 of 193 9.b) Correspondence dated July 23, 2013 from Brandon McDonal... Page 22 of 193 9.c) Correspondence dated August 6, 2013 from Stan & Linda K... From: LINDA KINSEY Sent: Tuesday, August 06, 2013 3:40 PM To: Hughes, Harry Subject: simcoe road Dear Mr Hughes, We issued a cheque for $5000:00 to the township May 31'st 2013, with the understanding that it was to be held in trust until the appropriate time to pay the costs of the undertakings at Simcoe Road. This cheque was cashed within 4 days of its receipt. We would request that you refund the amount of that cheque to us and we will reissue a cheque for the same amount, to be held in trust by the township until the appropriate time of settling any costs that we have incurred during this transaction. Yours Sincerely, Stan & Linda Kinsey Page 23 of 193 10.a) A By-law to Provide for Remuneration and Expenses for THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE BY-LAW NO. 2013-137 A By-law to Provide for Remuneration and Expenses for Members of Council and Council's Appointees to Local Boards and Committees/Technical Support Groups, and Expenses for Employees, and to Repeal By-law No. 2013-020 WHEREAS Section 283 of the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c. 25, as amended, provides that a municipality may pay any part of the remuneration and expenses of the Members of Council of the municipality and of the officers and employees of the municipality; AND WHEREAS Council deems it expedient to pass a By-law to provide for the remuneration and expenses of Members of Council and Council's Appointees to Local Boards and Committees/Technical Support Groups and for expenses for employees; NOW THEREFORE the Council of the Township of Oro-Medonte hereby enacts as follows: That Schedules "A", "B" and "C" attached hereto form part of this By-law. That By-law No. 2013-020 is hereby repealed. This by-law shall take effect on the final passing thereof. BY-LAW READ A FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD TIME, AND PASSED THIS 14TH DAY OF AUGUST, 2013. THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE Mayor, H.S. Hughes Clerk, J. Douglas Irwin Page 24 of 193 1O.a) A By-law to Provide for Remuneration and Expenses for ... Schedule "A" to By-law No. 2013-137 REMUNERATION OF COUNCIL MEMBERS 1. The annual remuneration for Members of Council for 2013 shall be: Mayor $ 29,929 Deputy Mayor $ 23,936 Councillors $ 18,662 2. That the annual remuneration for Members of Council shall be subject to an annual escalation factor of the lessor of: • The annual rate of inflation being the increase in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for the prior year; or • The cost of living adjustment stipulated for the current year in the collective agreement; or • The cost of living adjustment provided to bargaining unit excluded staff for the current year. 3. That pursuant to S.283(7) of the Municipal Act, Council resolved that the one-third of the remuneration paid to elected members of Council shall continue as expenses incident to the discharge of their duties as members of Council for the 2010-2014 term, as documented in Motion No. CW110119-7. 4. Members of Council shall receive, in addition to their annual remuneration, per diem payments as follows: • $ 75.00 for each half day or evening meeting • $ 150.00 for each full day meeting 5. The per diem stipulated in Section 4 shall exclude the following: 5.1 Attendance at meetings of Council, as defined in Regular Meeting Schedule of the Procedural By-law; 5.2 Attendance at a function for the purpose of presenting Congratulatory Certificates on behalf of the Township; and 5.3 Attendance at special functions/events where the Township has purchased a ticket for the Member, such as Awards Dinners, etc. 6. The per diem stipulated in Section 4 shall apply to the following: 6.1 Attendance at Special meetings of Council, as defined in the Procedural By-law. 6.2 Attendance at Public Meetings/Public Information Sessions, as defined in the Procedural By-law, when such meetings are conducted as a separate meeting on a designated day; 6.3 Attendance at meetings of local boards, committees/technical support groups or special Ad -Hoc committees to which the Member of Council has been appointed by resolution of Council, unless specified otherwise in a resolution of Council; 6.4 Attendance at conferences, conventions and seminars as authorized by resolution of Council; 6.5 Attendance at special meetings required for a specific purpose relative to municipal business, including interview committees, and authorized by resolution of Council; 6.6 Attendance by the Mayor, or his/her designate, at business functions as representatives of the municipality, including the Mayor in his/her capacity as ex - officio, or his/her designate, in an ex -officio capacity; 6.7 Attendance at non-committee/technical support group meetings where the Members of Council's attendance has been authorized by resolution of Council. Page 25 of 193 10.a) A By-law to Provide for Remuneration and Expenses for Schedule "B" to By-law No. 2013-137 REMUNERATION OF PUBLIC MEMBERS OF LOCAL BOARDS & COMMITTEES/TECHNICAL SUPPORT GROUPS 1. The Public Members of the: . Accessibility Advisory Committee . Heritage Committee . Recreation Technical Support Group shall receive per diem payments as follows: . $ 40.00 for each half day or evening meeting . $ 80.00 for each full day meeting 2. The Public Members of the: • Committee of Adjustment • Compliance Audit Committee shall receive per diem payments as follows: $ 75.00 for each half day or evening meeting $ 150.00 for each full day meeting 3. The per diem stipulated in Sections 1 and 2 of this Schedule shall apply to the following: 3.1. Attendance at meetings of the local board or committee/technical support group; 3.2. Attendance at conferences, conventions and seminars as authorized by resolution of Council; 3.3. Attendance at special meetings required for a specific purpose relative to municipal business and authorized by resolution of Council. 4. Committee of Adjustment public members who undertake site visits shall do so on their own accord, without per diem. Committee of Adjustment public members who wish to undertake a site visit must contact the applicant directly to obtain permission to enter the property at a mutually convenient time, pursuant to Motion No. C110202-13. 5. The above per diems including per -kilometer payments shall be paid on a semi- annual basis, upon submission of a statement approved by the respective Senior Manager. Page 26 of 193 1O.a) A By-law to Provide for Remuneration and Expenses for ... Schedule "C" to By-law No. 2013-137 EXPENSES FOR MEMBERS OF COUNCIL, COUNCIL'S APPOINTEES TO LOCAL BOARDS & COMMITTEES AND EMPLOYEES PER KILOMETER PAYMENTS 1.1 The municipality shall compensate Members of Council, Council's Appointees to Local Boards & Committees/Technical Support Groups and employees at the rate of $.495 per kilometer for the use of non -township owned vehicles. 1.1.1 That the per kilometer rate will be adjusted on July 1 It each year to $0.055 below the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) rate for Ontario for the previous year. 1.2 Members of Council shall receive a per -kilometer payment, in addition to the applicable per diem, for travel from their residence and back to attend meetings, conferences, conventions and seminars stipulated in Section 6 of Schedule "A", upon submission of mileage statements on a quarterly basis. 1.2.1 Members of Council shall receive a per -kilometer payment for travel from their residence and back to attend meetings stipulated in Section 5.1 of Schedule "A", upon submission of mileage statements on a quarterly basis. 1.2.2 The Mayor, or his/her designate, and/or the appropriate Ward Councillor shall receive a per -kilometer payment for travel from their residence and back to attend a function for the purpose of presenting Congratulatory Certificates on behalf of the Township stipulated in Section 5.2 of Schedule "A", upon submission of mileage statements on a quarterly basis. 1.3 Members of local boards & committees/technical support groups shall receive a per -kilometer payment for travel from their residence and back to attend meetings, conferences, conventions and seminars stipulated in Section 3 of Schedule "B". 1.3.1 Committee of Adjustment public members who undertake site visits, as stipulated in Section 4 of Schedule `B", shall receive a per -kilometer payment for travel from their residence and back. 1.4 Township employees shall receive a per -kilometer payment for each kilometer driven in a non -township owned vehicle while on Township business. 2. LUNCHEON & DINNER MEETINGS 2.1 The municipality shall be responsible for the cost of Councilor Committee luncheon/dinner meetings when such meetings are called by Council or the Committee concerned. 2.2 Council members and Senior Staff shall have the discretion to invite visitors for lunch or dinner in connection with Township business and such expense shall be borne by the Township. 3. CONFERENCES, CONVENTIONS, SEMINARS AND MEETINGS 3.1 Attendance at conferences, conventions, seminars and meetings shall be pre - authorized by Council resolution or in accordance with Township policy. 3.2 The following expenses shall be paid: i) Hotel/Motel accommodation actual cost ii) Parking actual cost iii) Registration actual cost iv) Meals and incidental expenses actual cost to a maximum of $100/day v) The municipality will provide registration for a double room, when a spouse is attending an approved conference, convention or seminar. Page 27 of 193 10.a) A By-law to Provide for Remuneration and Expenses for Schedule "C" to By-law No. 2013-020 (continued) 4. ADVANCES 4.1 The Treasurer shall have the authority to furnish advances to meet estimated expenses for those authorized to attend conferences, conventions and seminars. 5. EXPENSE STATEMENTS 5.1 Statements for expenses shall be submitted to the Treasurer for actual cost of items in a form recommended by the Treasurer. Page 28 of 193 10.b) Being A By -Law To Authorize The Execution Of An Agreern THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE BY-LAW NO. 2013-138 BEING A BY-LAW TO AUTHORIZE THE EXECUTION OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE AND MICHAEL ALFRED GARTNER AND COLLEEN CAROLYN GARTNER TO ALLOW FOR TWO DWELLINGS WHEREAS the Municipal Act, 2001,S.O. 2001, c.25, Section 224, as amended, states that it is the role of Council to ensure that administrative practices and procedures are in place to implement the decisions of Council; AND WHEREAS the Council of The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte deems it desirable to enter into an agreement dated August 14, 2013, for an 18 month period from the date of building permit issuance, with Michael and Colleen Gartner to temporarily reside in the existing dwelling which will be demolished after the completion of the new dwelling at 1847 Ridge Road West, Pt Lots 27 and 28, 51 R-33437, Part 1, Concession 3 (Oro), Township of Oro-Medonte. NOW THEREFORE the Council of the Township of Oro-Medonte hereby enacts as follows: That the Mayor and Clerk be authorized to execute the Agreement attached hereto as Schedule "A" and forming part of this By -Law; 2. This by-law shall take effect on the final passing thereof. BY-LAW READ A FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD TIME, AND PASSED THIS 14TH DAY OF AUGUST, 2013. THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE Mayor, H.S. Hughes Clerk, J. Douglas Irwin Page 29 of 193 10.b) Being A By -Law To Authorize The Execution Of An Agreern Schedule "A" to By-law No. 2013-138 for The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte In consideration of receiving a building permit from the Township of Oro- Medonte, We, Michael Alfred Gartner and Colleen Carolyn Gartner, of the Township of Oro-Medonte (formerly Township of Oro) in the County of Simcoe, covenant and agree as follows: 1. That we are the registered owners of Pt Lots 27 and 28, 51R-33437, Part 1, Concession 3, Township of Oro-Medonte, being more particularly described as 1847 Ridge Road West. 2. That we have applied to the Council of the Corporation of the Township of Oro- Medonte for permission to temporarily reside in our existing dwelling on the above-mentioned lands, at the same time as a new dwelling is under construction on those same lands, wherein such procedure is not provided for under the provisions of the Township of Oro-Medonte's Zoning By-law as amended. 3. That we hereby acknowledge that permission has been given by the Council of the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte subject to the following provisions: a) That such permission is granted for the eighteen month period from permit issuance or until completion of the proposed new dwelling, whichever is the lesser period of time; and b) That on completion of the new dwelling, as evidenced by a Provisional Occupancy Certificate, the existing dwelling is to be removed within one month to the satisfaction of the Township's Chief Building Official; and 4. That certified funds in the amount of $20,000.00 be retained by the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte until the above-mentioned conditions are fulfilled to the sole satisfaction of the Township. a) Failure to comply with the aforementioned conditions will result in the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte redeeming the certified funds at its sole discretion. 5. That we hereby agree to the terms and conditions set out above. 6. It is understood that failure to comply with the terms and conditions as set out herein, shall release and save harmless the Corporation of the Township of Oro- Medonte from pursuing such litigation, as may be necessary to secure compliance or conformity with any applicable Municipal By-law or provincial Regulation as may be provided for. 7. We hereby covenant and agree to indemnify and save harmless the Township of Oro-Medonte from all costs, claims, liability and actions which may result or arise from the issuance of the building permit or the entering into of this agreement. Date Michael Alfred Gartner, Owner Colleen Carolyn Gartner, Owner Witness Mayor, H. S. Hughes Clerk, J. Douglas Irwin Page 30 of 193 10.c) Being a By -Law to Authorize the Issuance of the Certif... 11117141$0]016]ki[@]ad: I:0116PAki&]:II16]:96]:leis �d:1BIG] 1190 BY-LAW NO. 2013-140 Being a By -Law to Authorize the Issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municipal Underground Services) for South Shore Isabella Estates Inc., Plan 51M-1015 WHEREAS Section 51, Subsection (26) of the Planning Act, R.S.O. 1990, Chapter P.13, as amended, provides that municipalities may enter into agreements imposed as a condition to the approval of a plan of subdivision and such agreements may be registered against the land to which the subdivision plan applies; AND WHEREAS Council for the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte entered into a Subdivision Agreement with South Shore Isabella Estates Inc. in July 2013 for twenty two (22) residential lots on Merrington Avenue. AND WHEREAS the requirements of this Subdivision Agreement with respect to the underground works have now been met; NOW THEREFORE the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte hereby enacts as follows: That the Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municipal Underground Services) for South Shore Isabella Estates Inc., Plan 51 M-1015 may now be issued by the Township Engineers (AECOM) in compliance with the Subdivision Agreement between the Corporation of the Township of Oro- Medonte and South Shore Isabella Estates Inc. That the attached Schedule "A", Certificate of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municipal Underground Services) shall form part of this By -Law. That this By-law shall come into force and take effect on the final date of passing thereof. BY-LAW READ A FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD TIME, AND PASSED THIS 14TH DAY OF AUGUST, 2013. THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE Mayor, H.S. Hughes Clerk, J. Douglas Irwin Page 31 of 193 10.c) Being a By -Law to Authorize the Issuance of the Certif... SCHEDULE"A" ti`s" N LOM 55 Lndr [nn� nnr<. Suis 6'10 e�.nu. cm.m unsn> rosru arse r:. TOWNSHIP ENGINEERS CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE (MUNICIPAL UNDERGROUND SERVICES) _ MUNICIPALITY Townshlo of Oro-Medortte PROJECT Isabella Estates Plan SIM -1015 DEVELOPER South She. Isabella Estates Inc. FILE NO- 60116176 440-0030730 08 -SUR -01111 Description of the Works: • Walermaln Works in the Isabella Estates Subdivision on Merrington Avenue from the cul-de-sac east (330 metres) to the Homire Subdivision and Including along the west side of Lot 14 (87 m); We, AECOM, notify the Municipality that the above mentioned works were inspected on May 24, 2013 and to the best of our knaMedge and judgement, are complete in accordance wilh the Subdivision Agreement except for the deficiencies below: Items listed In AECOM Construction Status Report dated August 1, 2013. We hereby accept these works for use and operation by the Municipality subject to the rectiftcation of the above noted defdiendias and to the rectification of any further deficiencies that may become apparent during the maintenance period and to the maintenance that is require by Ste Subdivision Agreement and its Amendment. The date of Substantial Completion and Acceptance (Municial Underground Services) Is established by the Certificate as of March 13, 2013. Date: Signature; K1901161 r0 a10W190pC Wka1�t5. G.aW A.IMdnplquq,Gx Page 32 of 193 Mi Mw:i_e 10.c) Being a By -Law to Authorize the Issuance of the Certif... Township of Oro-Medonte DAB1 r nuinbM Eonekuollpe d Plan 51M-/6pfi plated and Cmc der a�nra ah cndflcew as W 8A 8ectlon7A4 of ft Homke SebdMalm-5g Pond et multi elle, ped b Tann field. Septic Systane Inapecton SSama: Ipr3 P,*o Manager Page 33 of 193 10.c) Being a By -Law to Authorize the Issuance of the Certif... Towndin of Om-Medonte Construch Su6dWielon: Isabella Eslame _ _ File Number: 8011917E (480.0030230) E haven GC. Tef1min8Aatceblae Lltl. Cordrector: Kemble Canelruc9on Oeb: August 9. 201] _ Re9lalemtl Pian fi1Y�01fi —� Yen No bate Com relatland Comu—s 11 . Indalled bmQ accaptenn repnn etl hsmallhpn C&X12M_report +rTat"m ✓adnemailhan C.C. TMhamdery Dec&2012_ -��- 6 pressambe5r =rfirmedby AECCM Cabbar42012aYalam cblorinabd Odaber92D-�pdabb xaSar saniplea mmNetl by AECAM + trppaes mmoved bd Nowrnbar E, 2012.lmbar MAm-abadanlm Dydmmll@Ib1e com laced bV AucmMnu2y beet com Imed Auguel16, 2019 [TeUrem emaD of ]uy 81 281]). e0h rand w Mr flow chant aubmWAd amykted after Warminater FFe Smrage Resarvdr k oaacape pinad in bled 66erWFire gtare0e R6ewv0lr m onbamMa ire IoTwpyem +aat@am lellerdaled May 12013 _ manMra ihalaled % Not ae per 7awnehip apaElbaalfOM. -N dram pnra Flusher ✓ 11) eampb 8leSfene inealbn mmpbhnl op lxa[rb rrear front went lot earner o/ Lal 14. 1 25 mm water serviw m Legion COnbmed!n Tdhem's -110l guy 31 2013. 13 Irmers rairb bav inspm3on ceNlfraden ✓ C.C. Telhem Idler dated May S. 2013 14) Erq1raar,wM& hydmnl Napedkrl rAi00asv. C.C. Tatham latter dM dMay 8, 2019. UUI[tl- TFhbydmamra:ln2t m— ad _- OellwoAscompleb_o ✓ C.C. Tatham Wartlebd May 92013. @ mwbnta wmplebd ✓ C. C, 7amem biter dated, May 9, 2019. _ 4 abs 9Ma inttalbd CCTatham truer dated May D, 2020113. 5 aboetll hie energized bd 9, _ ✓ C.C. T81M1em bEer de May 3. 6 .T(ESA�m bahral mla0anl - C.C. Tahm War dbd May 9, 201_mrMaae dtad 6201 7 mwwha connbktl - % reed aleReem is ane of May 2013 8 mnmreatae lMomWlvn b/NaclRralcagallem x 1 ea.mnetnlcbe lntomwtlon wb.Mad aM - hatched by AECNM on May 101Es mmmem a.mb 21fl9. --- o- try AECOM _. x UMerrevkw by AE COM July 31, 2012. Ce caw m S. C. & A _tahunbipd Undergramd 8erAw) mued + August 7, 2098. ND OF MMNMMKGE PEMD FORUNMROR YC8 Ven No oala Com labdend Comments 8WM Pond works underaemrate cenmcamu pr8A.8edlon T.14 1 clean -t prlerm and aF inelydenane@ ou Cam flaalearM.&F.A.(MUmalpal UrW.MaEnd Eamcea)baued X Sa01tam 8awar 1 nuanar awaa'r� - _ �. vides llrm - naabmnbdler mkw 3( Nd°'1=pedl°n r°°eaedlnQ�`°aed — - m,smw 1) nwnrn9 of aewa - - — vldao impadlmrevbmMetl far r$ybyl 3 video lits action mvbweola0eraved 1) arrb am Ina nby AECOM — - X 2 vahre9nydreln wpecbw by A5COM % CerBFkab o1 M.8 F. A. (Municipal Undergroumsemoe6 hatred X I Irmparl—theme'.— 2013 protea Mana9ar. Jft"'ECJ Page 34 of 193 10.c) Being a By -Law to Authorize the Issuance of the Certif... Page 35 of 193 Township of Oro-Medonte _ Subdlvislon: Isabella Estates _ F1 1. Number. 68778778 Mll-0o30739) E�lnaer. GC Tatnun d Aeeadafas Ltd CodkacLw: Rumble CotroWclbn Pah: Au use 1 8619 _ Ragleterad Poen a1 Wtale _ - -STARTaF VE UNp WORKIL Yae No Oa[e Com ebM nM Canmenle 1)-subg_: de�fruol ruled. by PECOM � Cvmplaled Ovb 5, 2012 (Kappa x0061 mde elaualianamidinned En lneer __ J Completed OU. 5, 2672 eort se96 3 sub-0mins lnelened-sub mda -ulMer curb _ - -ditcfi X To be detarminM aYlir tons mm.lntanutea sopa. 4 ranular tested by soils Consultant Eng,.eme _ale Demmbes5, 2072 5 mauler R"mmpaGlan re ortabAECOM 889E .lanaadaled Uecambei62nt2. BJ pnnulaz'A"mmpacllon report�b AECOM % 7 conrxate curbs completed - s coma ba aad dormto ile as nau 91 canaele lesletl by Soils Cnnsu][en! i bases lien and t e(10 . � ComalHa Nwernbx 19 2413 lie arEND 71 e-alxeel ideMiflmllon -road Pa aBSUmed _ - no ail X 12i dead-apd bardcadee and e�nAja - 13 d�Naw rode _ X 74 afdnrabe tompleEad - - -- u sleeai�zixs inape`cree by AEcpM - - 16 boulevard aM OIIUIes to son aro aatloeNaeeaM x 17) ba,eeepneamspe_aeaoyAEcowt x is !op lin nen wm efeu X pAlnpgJlap}ag.$'y.8g _ 1 wal m telae- IbcN 35- X _.- 2 3 lemin m�mme -bounds Lqa 12813 - % -wmkxa ebdt 26 % - am 4 Bound" Malku trust - -Co Above routs Woma i rmnelructed b10Tlaibn 9Ubmia9e ane X 'PPm`rBd py AECOIIE .. % GrtlBcab o7 S. C. & A. Above round Sarvloeu garMd % OF NA CE p Yea No pale Com NMd and Commenh 1 Erse lanlln in boukverd - 2 and lendsra In Ins AECOM by _ X 3) iendng inspection by AECOM _ X 4 7mal lot radio mail anon X 5 OIS mdfncatbn Eor manumenN _ % 61 am buvlimpactbn by AECOM % 7 vehe & h rant im a1Von h AECf)M % 8 float in lion -II Nslandarde % - erenakrrttem x — 8 to Ilb ea hallo n AECOM 18 curb inwecpog6y AEfAM It abe«aa ins ectiort AECOM by 72 bovtavard4tliltlies los AECOM X 73) a mnatruc1ed lnfomialbn ubnMled entl _ x .pp1 AECOM _ InspsNom Nem. Sola Pmjea Men Page 35 of 193 X CaMnnata a/M.aF. A. Above rouritl SerWcas baued X Page 35 of 193 10.d) A By-law to Remove a Holding Provision on lands descri... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE BY-LAW NO. 2013-141 A By-law to Remove a Holding Provision on lands described as follows: Pt Lot 5, Concession 14, Medonte as in R0167598 Except Pt 1, 51 R37351; Township of Oro-Medonte (Geographic Township of Medonte), County of Simcoe, PIN 58530- 0396 (LT), (known as South Shore Isabella Estates Inc. Subdivision), Registered Plan 51 M-1015, Township of Oro-Medonte, County of Simcoe WHEREAS the Council of the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte is empowered to pass By-laws to remove a Holding provision pursuant to Section 36 of the Planning Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.P.13. AND WHEREAS Council deems it appropriate to remove the Holding provision applying to the subject lands; NOW THEREFORE the Council of the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte enacts as follows: 1. Schedule 'A21', to Zoning By-law No. 97-95 as amended, is hereby further amended by removing the Holding provision applying to lands known as "Pt Lot 5, Concession 14, Medonte as in R0167598 Except Pt 1, 51R37351; Township of Oro-Medonte (Geographic Township of Medonte), County of Simcoe, PIN 58530-0393 (LT), (known as South Shore Isabella Estates Inc. Subdivision), Registered Plan 51 M-1015, Township of Oro-Medonte, County of Simcoe" as shown on Schedule 'A' attached hereto and forming part of this By-law. 2. This By-law shall come into effect upon the date of passage hereof, subject to the provisions of the Planning Act, as amended. BY-LAW READ A FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD TIME, AND PASSED THIS 14TH DAY OF AUGUST, 2013. Mayor, H.S. Hughes Clerk, J. Douglas Irwin Page 36 of 193 10.d) A By-law to Remove a Holding Provision on lands descri... Schedule 'A' to By -Law No. 2013-141 This is Schedule 'A' to By -Law 2013-141 passed the 14" day of August, 2013. Mayor H.S. Hughes Clerk J. Douglas Irwin N LANDS SUBJECT TO REMOVAL OF HOLDING PROVISION N Q Y C7, 2� W z J z 0 TOWNSHIP OF SEVERN wARMINSTER SIDER A❑ R013131 DRIVE FP c� W z J TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE Page 37 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE By -Law No. 2013-143 A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Between the Township of Oro-Medonte and Huronia Nurse Practitioner — LED Clinic WHEREAS the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c.25, Section 224, as amended, states that it is the role of Council to ensure that administrative practices and procedures are in place to implement the decisions of Council; AND WHEREAS Council deems it expedient to enter into an agreement with the Huronia Nurse Practitioner— LED Clinic per Motion No. C130717-14; NOW THEREFORE the Council of the Township of Oro-Medonte hereby enacts as follows: THAT the Mayor and Clerk be authorized to execute the Agreement attached hereto as Schedule "A" and forming part of this By -Law. THAT this by-law shall take effect on the final passing thereof. BY-LAW READ A FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD TIME, AND PASSED THIS 14TH DAY OF AUGUST, 2013. THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE Mayor, H.S. Hughes Clerk, J. Douglas Irwin Page 38 of 193 BETWEEN: 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... AGREEMENT Dated the day of August, 2013 THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE (hereinafter called "the Township ") - and - HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER - LED CLINIC (hereinafter called "the Clinic") WHEREAS the Township is the owner of the lands and premises municipally known as 3331 4th Line North, in the Township of Oro-Medonte, County of Simcoe, and upon which property is situate an office building consisting of approximately 3,678 square feet, of which the Clinic has leased from the Township the front portion thereof consisting of approximately 2,042 square feet pursuant to the terms of a written Lease dated August 11, 2011; AND WHEREAS the Clinic requires additional space for its continued operation and the Township has agreed to construct an addition consisting of approximately 3,186 square feet to the existing building for the exclusive use of the Clinic on the terms and conditions as hereinafter set out. NOW THEREFORE for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows: 1. The Township will construct at its expense an addition of 3,186 square feet substantially in accordance with the plans as attached as prepared by Steenhof Building Services Group and which plans have been approved by the Clinic and issued for tender May 17, 2013; 2. The Township will be responsible for all external servicing, including but not limited to: hydro electric power, gas, and if required, expansion to the existing septic system to accommodate the addition; 3. The Clinic shall be responsible for the cost of all interior leasehold improvements to the addition as more particularly set out in the Estimate Summary Sheet HNP LED Clinic Phase II - Tenant Inducements (Leaseholds) as attached as prepared by Steenhof Building Services Group dated March 21, 2013 and accepted by the Clinic Board March 27, 2013, the cost for which has been estimated to be $432,618.00 inclusive of H.S.T. to a maximum of $440,000.00 inclusive of H.S.T. 4. In order to assist the Clinic with the financing thereof, the Township has agreed to front end the cost thereof and which is to be repaid to the Township by the Clinic in four (4) monthly installments of $110,000.00, inclusive of H.S.T. if applicable, payable on the 1st day of each Page 39 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... -2- and every month from the date of the Clinic taking occupancy of the addition which is hereby tentatively agreed to be December 1, 2013. It is understood and agreed that the final installment due March 1, 2014 will be subject to adjustment for actual costs incurred not to exceed $440,000.00 inclusive of H.S.T.; 5. Upon the Clinic taking possession, the existing Lease between the Township and the Clinic dated August 11, 2011 shall be amended to reflect the addition at the base rental rate and additional rental rate as per the existing lease. Utilities billed seperately; 6. Until the Clinic takes occupancy of the premises, and throughout the course of construction thereof, the premises shall remain at the sole risk of the Township; 7. This Agreement is not assignable by the Clinic and shall not enure to the benefit of any successor or assign of the Clinic unless such assignment shall be agreed upon in writing by the Township. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement at the Township of Oro- Medonte, in the County of Simcoe, this day of August, 2013 by their signing officers duly authorized in that regard. THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE Per: H. S. Hughes, Mayor J. Douglas Irwin, Clerk We have authority to bind the Corporation. HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER - LED CLINIC Per: Name: Cheryl Carlos Title: President -ivame: Raymond Lalande Title: Secretary Treasurer We have authority to bind the Corporation. Page 40 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 41 of 193 �3eva�zram��.s 3 }} §i 33s9 C I 'C T1, I I€ L iffi � .a _ 101 >:> sh . aOMNI \ a Qj ... _._.. I t L W J 1 ry M ixx�6tke3 9e J sSe;i4�'�`z xs I & r M111 3g@ g� aF3 .p SE dgtMe''xi `£ �� a¢saaepq�33g # 6 3F £9 gags t S $5 s€3£P 4€ g a �1 a gi p Is',5•� HM `5s§sg84s �a YYt£g¢paikiR ggKg@Es sp�C �3 y, HiP F . e rj fixfrSfr SNOLLVY311VY01831NI (INVNOILOO7 „ aF E € E IM;Ill;,�� 11 asac�d�ui�� 0�7 dNH° @ sa€a sgeE.- gss Page 41 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 42 of 193 G� mile _ 0 0 0 j�✓�`i o - o 0 0 0 0 _ ��%♦ ISO, j IR / / o 0 0 0 0 0 o Page 42 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... z3ma3rosss3zorr �va3s+3eg iR 1€ #9 E SS$ MIN w€ Y xft Q gIgqq pEp HUM d iQ_ IN C$ 1a11 9€JIB`' ey I b fr fr EflE EE it is tE 1, 1til E€ fl E fl Off fis f 1 f fit f E 1 F ifi 3 $ Ei1Sf f ! i 1331; fi 3 's 2 3if i3 3F 3 3 ? i yy ii 838 Y 3 388 8 3 8 1 "88 d 8 G 8 94844 83 1 3' frig #111411i 1111111 1i1i1 3 � 444 5 4 44444 4 4 4 44944 94 °. 4 4 4444§ 44 4 4 4 ii£#ii#ii FFFFFFFFF 7 F1 � f a1a 11 s 11a Haff 1a e 1 � d 13 . '" 11th! 31 � �' S � � 11'111 �i€ Ofd j E 9 F�s iga i 431 g g€g p p €1978843§3fEilfa ;� 3S = l��iitll<.t�il E3 Ia3I 3I1 a dd °�rp 12 p�1. Ti� 1 1�@�9 d[1!f§133313?f . a�f � •�� - � %�..." ._..__ 3 441E f°#FES?f3ifilf8f61Fi 33333'3333 4$33 3 11& 1g 33g£31x4 V 333 3 � � S 11� 91 a i a $ MM - na k§ a . gas . Page 43 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 44 of 193 �— _- -- W.Wdn$a O>rd OI a3 ° ''yk } kj)jj fk k H S 4 b e loom I �Utt11S! 311 { 1 i i FG $� l i H rill D Y 4 fill 'i s2a{ i s�8 8 =llk y tea.. Gn4e .,r 4'iOI;E ti: �3�3 I�� ; I I<.;.��11� §• Ea � €� a;€ 14� t1� � S;1 lit yg�i3 �$ I °ail ! 5 4 r r g 8 t i ✓ 1 • rt Page 44 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be Page 45 of 193 r W It J7 HO if Ingr'i, . -II I I I I IN, Page 45 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... NYId NOOId N(tlW �350dOdd � � e tipigp I I I ® !6 a k ..—_ I i i $ 3 R AFF g@ I If F 3 I a p I I,.•� I i i $� 8 g y s s fit F 3 I s I ® I A I es INI I I Ft I n- I q .az 5 _ D o Page 46 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 47 of 193 xnddoaa aasodoad� Jill may' 3�dQ Ig Ib II R II �' ,iE' j I t I 16R 1 s } I � 4} f f ,pJI Ilp'e p ,pII IIry k� l i Hill O _ I � It SS � 3 Fn I g b 5 Q Q Q QQ l p I I I Y: I 1 I I I I I I I I I I _ hit J I I I I I I I I n} Page 47 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 48 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... a� SNOlU35g � eN si 4 d 3 p�pg F� I :� p4 p;. ;e� pta p: 4 p q ilk II I I a � I ryry C t I a Ml f I I O p—: -.. 3j I p z�g lip - Cy a 5 sg g 1r gl€j TIN jjII I'. I I �Y4ki. _. ' I I rE9 3�SH$ I I I I I II I �� 9� m5 Page 49 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 50 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be Page 51 of 193 M — ----------- HIM all, 8 s3 A ---------- Page 51 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be Page 52 of 193 Mill jM Page 52 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be UDIdDJOCPUOJ -dA, n AAII > I ON R11 07 axv all gN19 twl n AAII Milli 1 11 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- — — - > I ON R11 07 axv all gN19 twl Page 53 of 193 AAII — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — -- — — - 1 oilBW Rill, Page 53 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be Page 54 of 193 pg qLLJ gs 4 Wi — — — — — — — — — — - — — — J�- F V, G M ME Page 54 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be Page 55 of 193 -ld AW -S -117 IN lull fill ;i 'I & d 91 0 J _T7 H IN I 71 of Ml 116' F -- -- - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — — Page 55 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be Page 56 of 193 Oil Fs Hl lei 'I'll 1 HIM; 01, 11 f@..33 iIl 1,111 1 1 111 1 1, M 1 PH ' Ifl "1 Ia. I I g Ig M INFaFF kill HH H11 11 1 Im il 1-1, q I Z� I 111i Ili! 11 1110 1 11 11111, '11,11HRM, jHHH, i - IlM,,! PHU 1-HiPt Oil --i p$ aF nj 0,11 1,11�11!1,ij Hill .11 qBBp*1 Yg "N Hill 1M fit k .M, gig P, H M i'n 1, fill Hid! I $CFgS it 10114 111131 '111 Ou Ml OHIO; 4 M C@ g qiKE i gg k H -aagasgggg` ;s 'I ON H Hill I- I p W 11H W P, ;$ gig HUI W, , IN HIN 1H Ieii M 11, NO, 11H 11 g o"i Sp mip ER IN 111H H ill, I I HIN"I'lil H H, H 11 1111111 N Hl H -1i -5 11,11H, 1 111, Hill IH Page 56 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be Page 57 of 193 HH SgEg LL_ — U , 1 z3gt 1 3e g1l 0 I 11 1 M, M 111 0---.,_—_ — — — — — - — — —x J, is TaF 11gi it 111TpE 4 Page 57 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be Page 58 of 193 Wl A ilk! J�j MIN S IN 111MOMi- I 6 G) O --- ------- ii-- C4 7- I �,f T -- - - - - - - - - t - - - - - - - I-T t 0 0 0 2) Page 58 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be Page 59 of 193 0 A HII 11,11, in il Jill il il yy 1: ggJill, j, I- fiH tj i Ral if I i N gg aFPaH1 H H RH se Nil q Z 11I 1 MN H11A 1UV h if M, , 111111. H11 I IN I I I'll .1€§111HMOM I 1 I 11j, I MIli H fi, I H 110 MOP Ili "IM .9 H til 1110H Ul I I 11-01g95 MUNI HIM I i A I i I In MH 1111 R i I J� i1i Hill 9 H H I 5H I 1 11 1 1 dF ffilt "M 31111 IN'l, jj!fi�j 1149111 iiii'l Jill I m p I i 11 9,11 1 1 jA if le M, 111 if 1 1 1, H1 22 lit f i H H All HIM I W Page 59 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 60 of 193 NVIe NOLLHONII6J e Sia s. g Ing. ii x tib g � °a�. k ,� •. � x � ?! le8` 3 I$: Hsi! I a s 4 € pg sz s €� H ai 3G s Z a 8 e, Ilk E It s= TI I �� :ex§ 4 , I ' R Ilk,I'1 ro 9 / I � • F Nse I I i' 1 @iEa g[9 I Y iyfi § --�-----�--- 1 s I $ I I g 3@ yf 1!I I � �g5�R@j6ga 3 I i b g x ( r I-- --L-1- -- it $ gyg g Page 60 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 61 of 193 'y NVid 9NINNtlddOOYg R a2 g ppp'3 4�A 6 Egg � $$ E46 �33 :!.d 1- 6 I JqJJ I I ++1 I 1 I a Ir A I § }g} Bf °aeaFzi € € g I $ p �• I @t 3 3 5 �: � � a 11 r I I 1 1;ii�j —1- I x` II I s ,� `g PH o ? Y1gts Hill 10 #dd •'i", a =1 aS¥5tt3g @ S;F6545Sy3p?5 • @11,4 ��g� 8 �. 'o � 4: ly —_J--._---L—_— �' }71� } 4 aH E43 a� 1 1 Oi 2, L.,__... 4T .. .. .. a s s j31 7 Page 61 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... SNOlJJ3S9Np]IIIB$ �are$ F $ gg p e i ` IJ Fa I 1I 1 E' I I I I EI III P— - — I 1 I I I I I` I I; f I J' I I E IjLUI I h I I I Q I I ji j I I I I .III 4gg1 I� I L._.}1k--- --- I a a Yr�IIE IIu E I� I > I la Gy a 9 GE n3 Page 62 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... SNOIll3577VM �o 3F IE4j ee, C g S @$ 44 ret- g g# re p �o €€ H 55 H II I =Irl I 3� I II II II tl �I All I I I I I� Ilb q p I §i II I I G Sp pi I R€ aS $Hill I I I I _ 3 Ix Page 63 of 193 1O.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 64 of 193 ESTIMATE SUMMARY SHEET sTEEnif,�� DATE: March 21, 2013 CuTomer: Townshi of Oro Project Numher: A - 12140 Ewimatorr: on!, Jos h G. Emmons, PQS Estimate Review: Project Description: HNP LED Clinic Phase II - Tenant Inducements GFA m2 564 CFA (sf) 6063 SPEC. SECTI Price Carried COMMENTS Division #! Genera[Re ur menta 0111 Professional Consultants $ 25,500.00 01 31 Pmjcct Man anent and Coordination $ 30,000.00 0141 Rc lator Re m cmcnts $ 2,408.84 0151 Tepomy Utilities $ 2,300.00 01 52 Construction Facilities $ 3,400.00 01 54 Construction Aids $ 500.00 0158 Proica Idcntilication $ 450.00 $ 64,558.84 Division #2 Exiwing C nditions 0231 S—Ys $ 0241 Demolition $ 14,38500 $ 14,385.00 Dndaimt 43 Concrete $ Di,i.simt 94 Mae mtry $ Divi.,ion 45 Metats $ - Division #h Wood & Ma.TiC $ Division 47 Thermal & Moi Tome Protection $ Division #8 Doors & Windows O8 11 Meal Doors and F— $ 8273.00 0814 Wood and Plastic Doors $ 12240.00 0871 Door Ilam— $ 2,725.00 0881 Glass and Glazing $ 1,050.00 $ 24,288.00 Division #9 Finishes 0922 Su ort fore sum Board $ 11,195.40 0929 Gypsum Board $ 17234.60 0930 Tiling $ 4,725.00 951Acoustical 0951Lo""_I Ccdin $ 31,900.00 0965 Resilient Floor $ 51,745.00 0972 Wall Covcrin s $ 1,000.00 0991 Painting $ 8,355.60 $ 126,155.60 Division #10 S eeialies 1014 Signage $ 500.00 1028 Toda and Bath Accessories $ 894.00 1057 Wardrobe and Closa Specialties $ 500.00 1075 Flagpoles $ 500.00 $ 2,394.00 Division #/I Equipment 11 31 Residential Appliances $ Division #12 Furni. MnXN 12 32Manul'aaurcd Wood Casework $ 8,535.00 12 35 S cods Caccwork $ 18,850.00 1236 Counwdo s $ 6,550.00 $ 33,935.00 Page 64 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... SUB -TOTAL PROJECT GENERAL CONTINGENCY - 5% S 15,%53 OVERHEAD -5% S 16,fi4fi PROFIT -10% S 33,291 SUB -TOTAL PROJECT COSTS $ 382,848 $'63.14 HST $ 49,770 TOTAL PROJECT COSTS 1 $ 432,6!8 767.65/— JOI.- STEENK.__ Page 65 of 193 1O.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 66 of 193 ESTIMATE SUMMARY SHEET sTEEnif,�� DATE: February 25, 2013 Customer : Township of Oro Medonte Project Numher: A - 12140 Estimator: Joseph G. Emmons, PQS Estimate Review: Project Description: HNP LED Clinic Phase II - Building Shell GFA m2 296 CFA (sf) 3186 SPEC. SECTION Price Carrjed COMMENTS Division #1 General Re ur mems Ol 11 Professional Consultants $ 18,000.00 Ol 31 Pmjcct Man anent and Coordination $ 40,500.00 01 41 Rc lator Rc m cmcnts $ 2,100.00 0151 Tepomy Utilities $ 3,450.00 Ol 52 Construction Facilities $ 5,100.00 Ol 54 Construction Aids $ 500.00 0156 Temporary Barriers and Enclosures $ 1,350.00 01 58 Project Idetailkation $ 450.00 $ 71,450.00 Division #2 Existing Conditions 0231 S—e s $ 850.00 0241 Demolition $ 1,500.00 $ 2,350.00 Division #3 Concrete 03 11 Concrete Fooni.g $ 42,548.00 03 15 Concrete Accessories $ 135.00 0321 Rcinforcin Swel $ 675.40 03 30 Cast -In -Place Concrete $ 4,066.00 03 31 Stmctural Concrete $ 16,054.00 0362 Grout $ 300.00 $ 63,778.40 Division #4 Masonr 0472 Cast Stone Masonry $ 9,604.50 $ 9,604.50 Division #5 Metals 05 12 Stmctural Swel Founi.g $ 7,507.00 0521 Stccl Joist Framing $ 9,740.00 05 31 Swel Decking $ 10,080.00 05 56 Formed Metal Fabrications $ 1,512.00 $ 28,839.00 Division #6 Woad & Plastic 0611 Wood Frataing $ 3,318.60 0616 Sheathing $ 130.00 $ 3,448.60 Division #7 Thermal & Moisture Protection 0711 Danipproofingand Water Proofing $ 325.50 0721 Thermal Insulation $ 8,762.50 0731 Shingles and Shakes $ 440.00 0742 Wall Panels $ 21,780.00 0751 Flat Rool'S sAcros $ 33,288.00 0765 Flexible Flasst $ 2,050.00 0771 RoofS ccialties $ 919.00 0792 Joint Sealants $ 1,500.00 $ 69,065.00 Division #8 Doers & Windows 0841 Entrance and Storefronts $ 3,410.00 0851 Exterior Windows $ 5,600.00 0871 Door Hard— $ 6,000.00 $ 15,010.00 Division #9 Finishes 09 29 Gyps,nn Board $ 4,743.00 $ 4,743.00 Division 910 Sbecialdes S Division #11 Equipment Division 412 FrornichinQ.c $ Page 66 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... SUB -TOTAL PROJECT GENERAL CONTINGENCY -5% S 1fi,510 OVERHEAD -5% S 17,336 PROFIT -10% S 34,671 SUB -TOTAL PROJECT COSTS $ 398,717 s/zs./s HST $ 51,833 TOTAL PROJECT COSTS $ 450,550 1527.47 /— JOI.- STEENK.__ Page 67 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... �. Toumship,f 'm (fro �%�_. Pm'J H'fil.1 , lixrilang FW Township of Oro-Medonte 148 Line 7 South Oro, ON LOL 2X0 Huronia Nurse Practitioner LED Clinic — Phase II 3331 Line 4 North, Oro, ON SPECIFICATIONS: Project Number: RC-2013-TO2 Issued for Tender: May 17, 2013 PROJECT CONTACTS: Client: Prime Design Consultant: The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte Steenhof Building Services Group 148 Line 7 South 126 Mississaga St. E. Oro, ON Orillia, ON LOL 2X0 L3V 1V7 Tel: 705-487-2171 Fax: 705-487-0133 Contact: Shawn Binns Email: sbinns(d-)oro-medonte.ca Tel: 705-325-5400 Fax: 705-325-8400 Contact: James Worrall E-mail: jworrall(n�steenhofbuilding.com Page 68 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II INVITATION: The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE BID NO. RC-2013-TO2 SEALED BIDS, with the submission label "TOWNSHIP OF ORO- MEDONTE BID RC -2013-T02" affixed to your envelope, shall be stamped and received by the Township of Oro-Medonte, 148 Line 7 South, Oro, ON LOL 2X0, no later than (14:00:00 hours) 2:00:00 p.m. local time, on June 11, 2013. TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II Proposed addition and renovation to existing OPP station and Nurse Practitioner Clinic. Work to include but is not limited to new lCF foundations and exterior walls, structural columns, beams, roof framing, interior office partitions, millwork, plumbing and new septic & design, electrical and mechanical, site & landscaping. Renovations to existing offices, millwork, plumbing, electrical and finishes. A MANDATORY BIDDERS ATTENDANCE SITE MEETING will be held at the Huronia Nurse Practitioner LED Clinic 3331 Line 4 North, Oro, ON, (meet in the Front Entrance Lobby) 2:00:00 p.m. Thursday May 23, 2013. Tender packages are available on the Township of Oro-Medonte website www.oro-medonte.ca and Biddingo www.biddingo.com. Bidders should address any discrepancies, errors and/or omissions in the Bid Document, or if they be in doubt as to any part thereof, to the following party: James Worrall Steenhof Building Services Group 705-325-5400 ext 241 jworralVDsteenhofbuilding.com or Shawn Binns, Director, Recreation and Community Services Township of Oro- Medonte 705-487-2171 ext 2127 sbinns@Voro-medonte.ca The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte reserves the right to accept or reject any option, and also reserves the right to accept other than the lowest Bid and to cancel this Call for Bids at any time. Page 2 of 82 Page 69 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II TABLE OF CONTENTS: PROJECTCONTACTS: .................................................................................................................................... 1 INVITATION: .................................................................................................................................................. 2 The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte.............................................................................. 2 TABLEOF CONTENTS: ................................................................................................................................. 3 DEFINITIONS: ............................................................................................................................................... 5 PART 1 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS....................................................................................................... 6 1.1. BID CLOSING TIME............................................................................................................... 6 1.2. BID PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION............................................................................... 6 1.3. BID SECURITY & CONTRACT SECURITY............................................................................... 7 1.3.1 BID BOND/DEPOSIT (To be included with bid)................................................................ 7 1.3.2 AGREEMENTTO BOND (To be included with bid) ......................................................... 7 1.4. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS......................................................................................................... 7 1.5. BID OPENING.......................................................................................................................... 8 1.6. BID IRREGULARITIES.............................................................................................................. 8 1.7. CHECKING OF BIDS................................................................................................................. 9 1.8. AWARD.................................................................................................................................... 9 1.9. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT UPON AWARD........................................................................ 11 1.10. BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF UNDERSTANDING................................................................. 11 1.11. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS.................................................................................................. 12 1.12. PRICE COMPONENTS.......................................................................................................... 12 1.13. SET OFF CLAUSE................................................................................................................... 12 1.14. FREEDOM OF INFORMATION............................................................................................ 12 1.15. ACCESSIBILITY....................................................................................................................... 13 1.16. "GREEN" PROCUREMENT POLICY..................................................................................... 13 1.17. BRIBERY/FRAUD................................................................................................................... 13 1.18. CANCELLATION.................................................................................................................... 13 1.19. EVALUATION OF PERFORMANCE..................................................................................... 14 1.20. INSURANCE.......................................................................................................................... 14 1.21. INDEMNIFICATION............................................................................................................. 14 1.22. DAMAGE CLAIMS................................................................................................................ 15 1.23. WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD (WSIB)................................................. 15 1.24. SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND UNIT PRICES........................................................................... 15 1.25. PROVISIONAL ITEMS AND QUANTITIES.......................................................................... 15 1.26. COMPLETION DATE AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES........................................................ 15 1.27. ENQUIRIES........................................................................................................................... 16 1.28. ADDENDUM/ADDENDA.................................................................................................... 16 PART11 GENERAL PROVISIONS................................................................................................................ 17 2.1. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY.............................................................................. 17 2.2. SAFETY STANDARDS............................................................................................................. 18 2.3. FIRE PROTECTION................................................................................................................. 19 2.4. NON-WAIVER........................................................................................................................ 19 2.5. NON-ASSIGNMENT............................................................................................................... 19 2.6. DISPUTES................................................................................................................................ 20 2.7. INSPECTION AND TESTING.................................................................................................. 20 Page 3 of 82 Page 70 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II END OF SECTION Page 4 of 82 Page 71 of 193 2.8. EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBER................................................................................... 20 2.9. MEETINGS.............................................................................................................................. 20 2.10. ALTERATIONS AND AMENDMENTS................................................................................. 20 2.11. DEFECTIVE OR UNSUITABLE.............................................................................................. 21 2.12. REJECTED COMMODITIES.................................................................................................. 21 2.13. DELIVERY SCHEDULE........................................................................................................... 21 2.14 F.O.B. POINT.......................................................................................................................... 21 2.15. TRADES QUALIFICATION AND APPRENTICESHIP ACT ................................................... 21 2.16. PERSONAL PROPERTY SECURITY ACT............................................................................... 22 2.17. DISPOSAL OF SCRAP MATERIAL........................................................................................ 22 2.18. SITE CONDITIONS/ MEASUREMENTS............................................................................. 22 00310 TENDER FORM............................................................................................................................... 23 01100 SUMMARY..................................................................................................................................... 27 01150 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES.................................................................................................. 29 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT.................................................................................................................. 30 01310 PROJECT COORDINATION........................................................................................................... 32 01330 SUBMITTALS.................................................................................................................................. 33 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................................... 35 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS .................................................. 37 01730 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION.............................................................................................................. 39 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES............................................................................................................ 42 02000 SITEWORKS & EXCAVATION...................................................................................................... 44 03131 INSULATED CONCRETE FORMS................................................................................................... 47 03000 CONCRETE.................................................................................................................................... 48 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK................................................................................................. 49 07200 BUILDING INSULATION................................................................................................................ 50 07900 SEALANTS AND CAULKING......................................................................................................... 52 08100 DOORS & FRAMES....................................................................................................................... 54 08710 FINISH HARDWARE..................................................................................................................... 55 09250 GYPSUM BOARD........................................................................................................................... 57 09900 PAINTING...................................................................................................................................... 60 09680 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE............................................................................................................... 64 10000 MISCELLANEOUS......................................................................................................................... 65 15000 MECHANICAL............................................................................................................................... 66 16000 ELECTRICAL.................................................................................................................................. 73 SECURITY CARD SWIPE ACCESS SYSTEM................................................................................. BACKUP GENERATOR................................................................................................................... C-450 FIXED CEILING LIFT............................................................................................................ END OF SECTION Page 4 of 82 Page 71 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II DEFINITIONS The following definitions apply to the interpretation of the Bid Documents: 1. "Addenda or Addendum" means such further additions, deletions, modifications or other changes to any Bid Documents. 2. "Bid Documents" means collectively all of the documents comprising the Call for Bids, namely Part I to VII, inclusive. 3. "Bid or Bid Form" means the Bid in the form prescribed by these Bid Documents and completed and submitted by a Bidder(s) in response to and in compliance with the Call for Bids and the Bid Documents and for the purpose of entering into the Contract with the Owner in the event of award. 4. "Bid Irregularities" means any Bid that has a Bid Irregularity describes in Part I, Instructions to Bidders, shall be dealt with in compliance with Procurement By-law Number 2004-112 5. "Bid Security and Contract Security" means the Bid Security documentation referred to and described in Part I, Instructions to Bidders. 6. "Bidder' means the legal entity submitting a Bid or Bid Form. 7. "Call for Bids" means the Call for Bids on the terms and conditions set forth in the Bid Documents. 8. "Closing Time" means the time specified in Part 1, Instructions to Bidders, Section 1, by which all Bid submissions shall be received and stamped by the Owner. 9. "Contract" means the agreement in writing governing the Supply and Services, which has been executed by the Owner and successful Supplier following acceptance by the Owner of the successful Bid submission. 10. "Council" means the elected Council for the Township of Oro-Medonte. 11. "Owner' The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte, as the case may be, and as identified in the Call for Bids, and Bid Documents and for the purpose of the award and execution and performance of the Contract shall mean the entity awarding the Contract. 12. "Responsible Bidder' means a Bidder whose reputation, past, performance, and business and financial capabilities are such that the Bidder would be judged by appropriate authority to be capable of satisfying an organization's needs for a specific contract. See Award - Consideration for Award. 13. "Responsive Bidder' means a Bidder whose Bid does not vary from the specifications and terms set out in the invitation for Bids. 14. "Sub -Contractor' means a legal entity approved by the Owner undertaking the execution of a part of the Work pursuant to an agreement with the Bidder, and includes both "brokers" and "subcontractors". 15. "Supplier" means the successful Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded and undertaking the execution of the Contract. 16. "Supply" means to Supply the necessary tools, material, equipment, and product to satisfy the Bid requirements. 17. "Work" means Work/service performed to meet a demand to comply with the conditions of the Contract, delivery dates, specifications and technical assistance. 18. "Working Day" means Monday thru Friday inclusive by excluding Saturday and Sunday and any recognized Statutory holiday. Page 5 of 82 Page 72 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II PART I - INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS 1.1. BID CLOSING TIME 1.1.1 The Bid Form, sealed with the submission referencing Tender RC -2013-T02 affixed to your envelope, shall be received; date and time stamped, and be in the possession of The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte, no later than 2:00 p.m. (14:00:00 hours) local time, on the specified closing date. Late bids shall not be accepted; however, they shall be time and date stamped and returned to the Bidder unopened. 1.1.2 The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte Bid Recording Clock determines the Closing Time of the Bid Call. 1.2. BID PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION 1.2.1 All Bids shall be submitted in the Bid format provided by the Owner in the Bid Documents. 1.2.2 Bids delivered in person or by a courier service, without a reference to the specified tender on the envelope, or if the Bid fails to be delivered to the designated location by the Bidder or courier service may be rejected. Bids that are not delivered on time shall result in the Bid being rejected. Bid Forms submitted and received by facsimile shall not be accepted and shall result in the Bid being rejected. 1.2.3 Courier Service Delivery of the Bid submission Envelope/Package through a Courier Service shall be the responsibility of the Bidder and shall result in the submission being rejected where; 1) Bid submission Envelope/Package is delivered to a location other than which is stated on the envelope/package and fails to be delivered to the Township of Oro-Medonte prior to the closing date and time; and/or 2) Bid submission Envelope/Package which is enclosed in the Courier Envelope that does not state, "BID DOCUMENT ENCLOSED" and is not removed from the Courier's Envelope prior to the closing date and time; and/or 3) Bid submission Envelope/Package is delivered later than the closing date and time. 1.2.4 Amendments by telephone, facsimile, email or letter to a Bid or Bid Form already submitted shall not be accepted or considered. 1.2.5 The Bid Form shall be signed in the space(s) provided by a duly authorized official of the entity bidding. If a joint Bid is submitted, it shall be signed on behalf of each of the Bidders and if the signing authority for both Bidders is vested in one individual, he/she shall sign separately on their behalf. Signatures on behalf of non -incorporated bodies or by individuals shall be witnessed. In the case of an incorporated company, the corporate seal should be affixed to the Bid Form adjacent to the authorized signature. Page 6 of 82 Page 73 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II 1.3. BID SECURITY & CONTRACT SECURITY 1.3.1 BID BOND/DEPOSIT (TO BE INCLUDED WITH BID) The Bidder shall provide a Bid Bond or a Certified Cheque in the amount of 10% of the Total Stipulated Price. The Bid Deposit shall be procured by, and at the expense of the Bidder. The Bid Deposit shall be forfeited to the Owner if the Bidder declines to enter into a formal contract in the amount tendered, or as adjusted according to the separate prices included in the tender if the Bidder is awarded the contract. Bonding shall be provided only by a Surety licensed and qualified to function in the Province of Ontario 1.3.2 AGREEMENT TO BOND (TO BE INCLUDED WITH BID) Each tender must be accompanied by a letter from a Surety Company, authorized by law to operate in the Province of Ontario in business of this nature, committing themselves to bond the tenderer with the following: -Performance Bond for 50% of the full amount of the stipulated price. Form of Bond shall be latest edition of CCDC Form 221 -Labour and Material Payment Bond for 50% of the full amount of the stipulated price. Form of Bond shall be the latest edition of CCDC Form 222. 1.4. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 1.4.1 Open to Acceptance Each Bid is irrevocable and shall be open to acceptance by the Owner until the successful Supplier executes the formal Contract or until sixty (60) Working days after the Closing Time, whichever event occurs first. The Owner may at any time within that period, without notice, accept a Bid whether any or any other Bid has been previously accepted or not 1.4.2 Withdrawal of Bids Prior to Bid Closing 1) A Bidder may request that their Bid be withdrawn prior to the Closing Time on the date of the Call for Bids. Withdrawal requests shall be directed to the Director, Recreation and Community Services or designate, on the Bidder's stationery, by letter, telegram, and facsimile or in person. 2) Telephone requests shall not be considered. 1.4.3 Withdrawal of Bids during Bid Opening 1) In some instances, multiple Bids for various projects are closed and opened on the same day. If a Bidder has submitted bids for several projects opening on the same day, and their Bid is the lowest on a particular project, he/she may withdraw any of their remaining bids, for projects not yet opened. A Bid may only be withdrawn by the low Bidder at the conclusion of reading out of the existing bid and prior to the commencement of the opening of the next Bid call. If more than one Bid is read out under the same name for the same Contract and no withdrawal notice has been Page 7 of 82 Page 74 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II received, the Bid contained in the envelope bearing the latest date and time shall be considered the intended Bid. The first Bid received shall be considered withdrawn and returned to the Bidder. 1.5. BID OPENING 1.5.1 Bid Opening 1) Bids shall be opened after the Closing Time. The Bidders Name and the Unofficial Total Bid Price shall only be read out at the Bid Opening. The unofficial results of the three (3) lowest Bids will be available the following day. 1.5.2 Action on "Unknown" Bids at Bid Opening 1) Bid submissions that do not have the BID NUMBER/PROJECT DESCRIPTION on the envelope shall be opened and placed with the appropriate Bid. 1.5.3 Additional Information 1) Additional information, other than what is requested in the Bid, shall be placed in a separate envelope/or package and marked, "ADDITIONAL INFORMATION" and attached to the outside of the Bid envelope. The Additional Information submitted in the manner described above, may or may not be taken into account by the Owner during the evaluation of the Bids. Additional Information envelope/package "shall not' be opened in public. 1.6. BID IRREGULARITIES 1.6.1 The following Bid Irregularities shall be dealt with as follows: 1) Item Description Action: a. Late bids. Automatic rejection b. Bids submitted in other than the Original Bid Form Format. Automatic rejection c. Bid completed in other than in ink or in a typed format (no photocopies). Automatic rejection d. Bids not complete. Automatic rejection e. Addendums not acknowledged. Automatic rejection unless every change set out in the addendums issued is clearly visible on the bid submitted OR the relevant addendum issued is solely for the purpose of revising a closing date. Two (2) working days will be given for initialing. f. Bidders not attending mandatory site meeting. Automatic rejection. g. Alterations, additions, deletions or qualifying statements made to or provided with the Bid Form. Automatic rejection h. Strikeouts, erasures or overwrites not initialed by an authorized person. Automatic rejection if it relates to a price on the bid form. Two (2) working days will be given for initialing in other instances. Page 8 of 82 Page 75 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC—PHASE II 1.7. CHECKING OF BIDS 1.7.1 Bids opened are checked by the staff to ensure that; 1. The required security, as required, is properly executed and equal to the Bid requirements. 2. All Bids submitted shall comply with the Bid Documents. All Bid Irregularities shall be dealt in the manner described in the Bid Document. 3. All arithmetic extension calculations are correct. 4. Where there is an obvious error in the extended price the unit price stipulated shall govern and shall be calculated accordingly with the estimate quantity. For greater certainty, any failure by a Bidder to insert a unit price where required shall be deemed to be a $ "0" value. 5. All items as specified have been Bid on. 6. No claims or litigation proceedings have been instituted by the Bidder or in turn by the Owner to the Bidder. 7. In any of the above circumstances where there are obvious or patent errors such as misplaced decimals, the Owner shall consider the intent of the Bidder. 1.8. AWARD 1.8.1 Contract award shall be communicated by written notification from the Owner to the successful Bidder. 1.8.2 The Bidder acknowledges that the Owner shall have the right to reject any, or all, Bids for any reason, or to accept any Bid, which the Owner in its sole unfettered discretion deems most advantageous to itself. The lowest, or any, Bid shall not necessarily be accepted. All Awards are subject to the approval of Committee, Council (if applicable) and the availability of funds. 1.8.3 Consideration for award 1. Consideration for Award shall only be undertaken in relation to Bidders who are determined by the Owner to be a Responsible Bidder, and has satisfied all Bid Requirements. 1.8.4 Owner hereby reserves the right, privilege, entitlement and absolute discretion, and for any reason whatsoever to: 1. Accept a Bid, which is not the lowest Bid submission, or reject a Bid that is the lowest Bid even if it is the only Bid received; 2. Cancel this Call for Bids at any time, either before or after the Closing Date and Time; 3. Accept the Bid deemed most favourable to the interests of the Owner or that may provide the greatest value advantage and benefit to the Owner based upon and not limited to: a. Price b. Manufacturer product C. Ability d. Quality of Work (guarantees and warranties) Page 9 of 82 Page 76 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II e. Service (service depot location) f. Past experience g. Past performance h. Completion history (including extended completion dates) i. Qualification i. Accept or reject any and all Bids, whether in whole or in part 4. With the exception of Part I, Instructions to Bidder, "Bid Irregularities", waive any informalities, requirements, discrepancies, errors, omissions, or any other defects or deficiencies in any Bid Form or Bid submission; 5. Award any part of any Bid; 6. Accept or reject any unbalanced, irregular, or informal Bids; or Reject any Bidder who is involved in litigation with the Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte 7. Reject any Bidder who was a Consulting firm involved in preparing or assisting in developing the scope of work and/or specifications for the respective project. 1.8.5 The Owner reserves the right to consider, during the evaluation of Bids: 1. Information provided in the Bid itself; 2. Information provided in response to enquiries of credit, experience and industry references set out in the Bid; 3. Information received in response to enquiries made by the Owner of third parties apart from those disclosed in the Bid in relation to the reputation, reliability, experience and capabilities of the Bidder; 4. The manner in which the Bidder provides services to others; 5. The experience and qualification of the Bidder's senior management, and project management; 6. The compliance of the Bidder with the Owner's requirements and specifications; or 7. The Bidder acknowledges that the Owner may rely upon the criteria, which the Owner deems relevant; even through such criteria may not have been disclosed to the Bidder. By submitting a Bid, the Bidder acknowledges the Owner's rights under this Section and absolutely waives any right, or cause of action against the Owner and its consultants, by reason of the Owner's failure to accept the Bid submitted by the Bidder, whether such right or cause of action arises in Contract, negligence, or otherwise. 1.8.6 Verification of Safety Performance 1. Bidders for consideration of possible contract award shall be required to submit a recent copy of their NEER or CAD -7 Statement upon request. 1.8.7 Award to one or more Bidders 1. The Owner reserves the right to award the Contract in its entirety or in part, to one or more Bidders, in accordance with the Bid Call, where more than one primary Supplier is provided for. Page 10 of 82 Page 77 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1.8.8 Bidder Profile 1. A Bidder shall submit, in addition to any information required to be included in a Bid Form submission, if requested, evidence of experience, ability, quality of Work, service, past experience, and qualifications necessary to meet satisfactorily the requirements set forth or implied in the Bid Documents. 1.8.9 Approvals 1. The Bidders acknowledge that the Work, or portions thereof, are subject to the procurement and issuance of certain permits, authorizations, licenses, easements and other approvals (the Approvals) as may be required from third parties, including applicable government agencies, under applicable laws, statutes & regulations in order to commence and perform the Work. In the event, and to the extent, any such Approvals are not issued in order to permit commencement or performance of the Work, the Owner reserves the right to either: a. Not award the Contract and cancel the Call for Bids; or b. Award the Contract in whole or in part, subject to the right of the Owner to cancel all or part of the Contract at any time after award in the event any required Approvals cannot be obtained; or c. Delay the consideration of the award of the Contract until such time as the required Approvals have been obtained. 1.9. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT UPON AWARD 1.9.1 The Successful Bidder, if any, in the presence of the Clerk and Mayor or designate, shall sign the Contract Agreement (CCDC-2) in triplicate (3), within seven (7) Working Days of written notification of acceptance. Should the Awarded Bidder either; attempt to withdraw their Bid Form submission, or fail to or refuse to execute the Contract and/or provide the necessary documentation, within the time specified, the successful Bidders' Bid Security shall be forfeited and retained and applied for use by the Owner. The following documents, as listed, shall be submitted prior to or at the time of signing: a. Owners Standard Insurance Certificate Form (attached in Appendices, shall be sent or faxed to the Owner by the Insurance Company directly) b. Contract Security — None Applicable c. A current copy of the Workplace Safety and Insurance Certificate of Clearance (shall be sent or faxed to the Owner by WSIB directly) 10. BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF UNDERSTANDING 1.10.1 It is understood that the Bidders have carefully examined all of the Bid Documents and have carefully examined the Work to be performed under the Contract if awarded. The Bidder also understands and accepts the said Bid Documents, and for the prices set forth in the Bid, hereby offers to furnish all labour, machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of implementation, and materials to complete the terms and conditions and requirements in strict accordance with the Bid Documents. Page 11 of 82 Page 78 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1.11. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS 1.11.1 No oral interpretation shall be effective to modify any provisions of these Bid Documents. Any modification or clarification shall be by written Addendum only issued by the Township of Oro-Medonte. The Addendum(s) shall form part of the Bid Documents. 1.12.1 Taxes 1. The Owner is subject to payment of Harmonized Taxes (excise and H.S.T.) taxes imposed by the Provincial and Federal Governments. Should there be any approved variation in any tax or duty imposed by the Province of Ontario or the Government of Canada, which becomes directly applicable to the goods/services to be purchased or provided during the term of this Contract, the Bidder and the Owner mutually agree to allow the appropriate increase or decrease in the prices as of the date they become effective. The onus is on the Bidder to bring to the Owner's attention any such changes. 2. The Bidder shall allow in their prices for all Sales Taxes that they may be required to pay on materials and equipment to be utilized or expended in the construction of the Works. Exception being; where the Bidder is in the position to claim for Sales Tax Rebate on the material used. It is the Bidder's responsibility to obtain up-to-date directives. 1.12.2 Transportation and Delivery Charges 1. Prices documented shall be net prices including transportation and delivery charges fully prepaid by the Bidder to any specified destination within the corporate limits of the Owner, unless a breakdown is requested on the Bid Form. 1.13. SET OFF CLAUSE 1.13.1 The Supplier hereby agrees that any monies owing to the Owner may at anytime be set- off against but not limited to, any property taxes (or any penalties and/or interest thereon) owing at the time such monies become due and payable to the Supplier. 1.14. FREEDOM OF INFORMATION 1.14.1 All Bids submitted to the Owner become the property of the Owner and as such, are subject to the "Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act." 1.15. ACCESSIBILITY 1. 15.1 The development of strategic actions to remove (where possible) and prevent barriers to access for people with disabilities. The Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2001 and the Corporate Accessibility Plan require that when deciding to purchase goods or services, Building Construction and equipment, the Owner is to have regard to the accessibility for persons with disabilities to the goods or services. As such, the Owner is committed to accessibility principles and is taking steps to improve accessibility within the Township in accordance with the Act. Page 12 of 82 Page 79 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II 1. 15.2 Contracted Employees, third party employees, agents and others which provide customer service on behalf of the Township of Oro-Medonte are legally responsible with the provisions outlined in Ontario Regulation 429/07 with respect to training. The Contractor shall ensure that such training includes, without limitation, a review of the purposes of the Act and requirements of the regulation, as well as instruction regarding all matters set out in the regulation. By signing the Form of Tender, the contractor has agreed to be in full compliance with this regulation. Additionally the Contractor will review and acknowledge the Township Of Oro-Medonte policy for Accessible Customer Service. 1.16. "GREEN" PROCUREMENT POLICY 1.16.1 The Owner's goals and objectives will be proactive with regard to protecting the environment. The Owner encourages "Best Value Purchasing" of environmentally friendly products, services, material and equipment. "Best Value Purchasing" allows the Owner to incorporate a broader variety of considerations, including performance and environmental attributes, when evaluating bid submissions. 1.17. BRIBERY/FRAUD 1.17.1 Should any prospective Bidders or any of their agents give or offer any gratuity or to attempt to bribe any employee of the Township of Oro-Medonte, or to commit fraud, the Owner shall be at liberty to cancel the prospective Bidder's submission or Contract and to rely upon the Contract Surety submitted for compensation if applicable. 1.18. CANCELLATION 1.18.1. In the event the successful Supplier does not comply with the specifications, terms and conditions, and scope of the Document, at any time throughout the duration of the Contract, the Contract shall be cancelled in accordance with the terms contained herein. 1. The Contract may be cancelled by the Owner upon non-performance of Contract terms; however, in doing so, the Owner does not waive its right to rely upon any obligations or commitments agreed to by the Supplier as part of their Contract. The Supplier remains liable for the difference between the next acceptable Contract of goods and/or service Bid prices. 2. Where there is a question of non-performance, payment in whole or in part may be withheld at the discretion of the Owner. This action shall not prevent the Owner from taking early payment discounts otherwise applicable. 3. If the Work/Service is incomplete the Owner reserves the right to draw from the Contract surety to complete the said Work/Service to the Owner's specifications. 1.18.2 Eligibility to Bid 1. The Owner reserves the right to remove from future eligibility to submit bids to the Owner, any Bidder that is in breach of its obligations. Page 13 of 82 Page 80 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1.19. EVALUATION OF PERFORMANCE 1.19.1 Upon completion of the Contract, the Owner may complete an evaluation of the Suppliers' performance. A copy of this evaluation may be given to the Supplier. The evaluation shall be placed on file. This information may be made available to persons requesting Owner references for the Supplier and also may be reviewed and may form part of the criteria when awarding future bids by the Owner. The Supplier hereby authorizes the maintenance and release of this information. �s1l1►611111 C7_12T[019 1.20.1 The Contractor upon award of the contract shall at its own expense obtain and maintain Insurance until the termination of the contract, with insurers acceptable to the Owner, the following insurance, and provide evidence thereof: 1. Comprehensive general liability insurance on an occurrence basis for an amount of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000;000) and shall include the Owner, The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte, as an Additional Insured with respect to the Contractor's operations, acts and omissions relating to its obligations under this Agreement, such policy to include, but not be limited to, non -owned automobile liability; personal injury; broad form property damage; blanket contractual liability; owners and contractors protective liability; products and completed operations liability; contingent employers' liability; and, cross liability and severability of interest clauses. 2. Automobile liability insurance for an amount not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) on forms meeting statutory requirements covering all licensed vehicles used in any manner in connection with the performance of the terms of this Agreement. 1.20.2 The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the cost of any deductible that is maintained in any insurance policy. 1.20.3 The policies shown above shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage. 1.20.4 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until such time as evidence of insurance on the Owner's standard certificate attached in the Appendices has been filed with and approved by the Owner. The Contractor shall provide evidence of the continuance of this insurance at each policy renewal date for the duration of the contract. 1.20.5 The Owner reserves the right to request such higher limits of insurance or other types of policies appropriate to work as the Owner may reasonably require. 1.21. INDEMNIFICATION 1.21.1 The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against and from all actions, causes of action, interest, claims, demands, costs, damages, expenses or loss that the Owner may bear, suffer, incur, become liable for or be put to by reason any damage to property or injury or death to persons by reason of, arising out of or in consequence of breach, violation or non-performance by the Contractor of any provision of the Agreement, or by reason of or Page 14 of 82 Page 81 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II arising out of the use of the premises or in connection with the work covered by this Contract, or by reason of, or arising out of any act, neglect or default by the Contractor or of any of its agents or employees or any other person or persons, in, on, or about the premises. 1.22. DAMAGE CLAIMS 1.22.1 The Proponent shall protect the Work and the Owner's property from damage and shall be responsible for any damage, which may arise as the result of his operations under the contract. 1.23. WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD (WSIB) 1.23.1 The Supplier shall submit to the Owner, prior to the issuance of the Contractor's last payment of each year, and at any other time when requested to do so, a statement from the Workers' Safety Insurance Board that all of the assessments the Contractor or any Subcontractor is liable to pay under the Worker's Safety Insurance Board Act or successor legislation have been paid. Bidders who have independent Operator Status under the WSIB Act shall submit a complete Independent Operator Status Questionnaire upon being awarded the Contract. 1.24. SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND UNIT PRICES 1.24.1. The Bidder also understands and accepts that the quantities shown in the Bid Document are approximate estimates only and are subject to increase, decrease or deletion entirely if found not to be required. 1.25. PROVISIONAL ITEMS AND QUANTITIES 1.25.1 Items listed in the Bid Form as "Provisional Items", may or may not be required for completion of the Work called for under the Contract. The necessity and/or actual quantities of these items shall be determined by the Owner as the Work progresses. Should any of these items be required, the Supplier shall be compensated on the basis of the unit prices(s) quoted. In the event that any or all of these items are found not to be required, the Supplier may not claim extra payment for loss of anticipated profits. 1.26. COMPLETION DATE AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 1.26.1 This contract shall be completed by November 15, 2013 as indicated in the Form of Bid. 1.26.2 If the time limit is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the Contractor working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single shift basis, it is expected that additional shifts shall be required throughout the life of the contract to the extent deemed necessary by the Contractor to insure the work shall be completed within the time limit specified. Any additional costs occasioned by compliance with these provisions shall be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation shall be allowed. Therefore, working time shall be charged until the date of acceptance of the work by the Corporation, at which time all work required in the Contract, including all final clean-up and trimming shall be completed. Page 15 of 82 Page 82 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II 1.26.3 It is agreed by the parties to the Contract that in case all the work called for under the Contract is not finished or completed within the number of working days or the completion date as set forth in the Form of Bid, damage shall be sustained by the Corporation and that it is and shall be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual damage, which the Corporation shall sustain in the event of and by any reason of such delay and the parties hereto agree that the Contractor shall pay to the Corporation the sum of Six Hundred Dollars ($ 600.00) for liquidated damages for each calendar day delay in finishing the work in excess of the number of working days or the completion date prescribed and it is agreed that this amount is an estimate of the actual damage to the Corporation which shall accrue during the period in excess of the prescribed completion date or the number of working days. 1.26.4 The Corporation may deduct any amount due under this paragraph from any monies that may be due or payable to the Contractor on any account whatsoever. The liquidated damages payable under this paragraph are in addition to and without prejudice to any other remedy, action or any other alternative that may be available to the Corporation. 1.26.5 Extension of contract time may be considered by the Contract Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. 1.27. ENQUIRIES 1.27.1 Bidder is to submit all enquiries in writing no later than two (2) Working days prior to the Bid closing date. Enquiries may be faxed or emailed contact for bidding procedures, on the first page of this bid documents. 1.28. ADDENDUM/ADDENDA 1.28.1 Addendum/Addenda if required issued by Township of Oro-Medonte and related to said Contract shall hereby form part and parcel of the said Contract. Failure to acknowledge Addendum/Addenda issued (Tender Form 00310) may result in a non-compliant bid. All Addendum/Addenda should be issued to the Bidders before forty eight (48) hours of Closing Time. It is the responsibility of the Bidder to have received all Addendum/Addenda. END OF SECTION Page 16 of 82 Page 83 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II PART II GENERAL PROVISIONS 2.1. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 2.1.1 The following requirements and conditions shall be included in all agreements with Contractors (and Sub -Contractors) engaged by or on behalf of the Owner. 1. Contractors with known poor safety records or with inadequate qualifications or equipment shall not be considered for award. 2. Contractors acknowledge that they have read and understood the Occupational Health and Safety Act OHSA (R.S.O. 1990 C. 0.1) and regulations, made under that statute. 3. The Contractor shall comply with all health and safety requirements established by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and regulations, the Owner and any applicable industry standards. The Contractor agrees to assume full responsibility for the enforcement of same. 4. The Contractor shall participate in a pre -project meeting to verify its full understanding of the major contractual requirements and expectations in the area of health and safety before the start of any Work. 5. The Contractor shall understand that its performance shall be monitored and that their overall performance shall be a major consideration for future Contracts with the Owner. The frequency and detail of ongoing project monitoring shall be dependent upon the nature of the Work and safety precautions specified. 6. The Contractor shall allow access to the Work site on demand to representatives of the Owner. 7. The Owner shall take all action necessary to support the Contractors health and safety efforts and to ensure that the Owner owned and controlled environments in the vicinity of the project are free from hazards. 8. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any breach or breaches of health and safety requirements, whether by the Contractor or any of its Sub -Contractors may invalidate the Contract. 9. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any damages or fines that may be assessed against the Owner by reason of a breach or breaches of the OHSA by the Contractor or any of its Sub -Contractors shall entitle the Owner to set off the damages so assessed against any monies that the Owner may from time to time owe the Bidder under this Contract or any other Contract what so ever. 2.1.2 The Contractor shall provide a list of all controlled hazardous materials or products containing hazardous materials, all physical agents or devices or equipment producing or omitting physical agent and any substance, compound, product or physical agent that is deemed to be or contains a designated substance in accordance with the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) as defined under the Occupational Health and Safety Act and shall provide appropriate Material Health and Safety Data Sheets for these substances used for the performance of the required Work, all prior to the performance of said Work. Page 17 of 82 Page 84 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 2.1.3 Where hazardous materials, physical agents and/or designated substances are used in the performance of the required Work, the successful Contractor shall ensure that the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act and associated regulations are complied with. 2.1.4 The Contractor shall follow Workplace Hazardous Materials Information Systems (WHMIS) requirements and ensure all employees are given required training and support. 2.1.5 The Contractor shall have a clearly defined safety plan/rescue plan for its workers involved in hazardous activities. This plan shall include, but not be limited to, procedures for entering a confined space on the Work site. 2.1.6 The Contractor agrees at all times to comply with Occupational Health and Safety Standards in the workplace and further agrees to adhere to Health and Safety Standards set out in applicable statutes and regulations and to comply with written Health and Safety Policies of the Owner. 2.2. SAFETY STANDARDS 2.2.1 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to Work in a safe and orderly manner so as not to constitute any safety hazards. The following standards are some of the standards, which shall be complied with by the Contractor when working on the project: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the placement of appropriate physical barriers between the Work area, public and staff occupied areas. 2. The Contractor shall control pedestrian and vehicular traffic as required and in accordance with current manual of Traffic Control Devices. 3. When operating Equipment in a School Zone or Playground appropriate physical barriers and personnel shall be in place to ensure the safety of the public. 4. No loose clothing shall be worn in the vicinity of moving or rotating equipment. 5. The Contractor shall not operate or tamper with Owner equipment unless given express permission to do so. 6. Housekeeping standards are to be maintained in the Work area. Debris and material are not to be allowed to accumulate. 7. Keep extension cords and hoses off the floor and out of traffic aisles. Highlight any tripping, slipping, or bump hazards by using cones, hazard tape or other means appropriate to the situation. Page 18 of 82 Page 85 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 8. The Contractor shall have and use a "Lock, Tag and Try" procedure that, as a minimum, meets the requirements of the Regulations made under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. 9. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all reasonable precautions for the protection and safety of workers in addition to those listed above are maintained. 10. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Owner in advance of the need to close any exit or emergency exit, electrical system etc. that may affect a potential evacuation of an Owner's workplace or facility. 11. The Contractor and the Owner shall communicate through a designated channel/liaison person at all times to avoid any confusion or misunderstanding. 12. The contractor shall ensure that existing office furniture, equipment and desks are adequately protected from the potential of damage or debris resulting from work performed in or above office areas. 2.3. FIRE PROTECTION 2.3.1 The contractor shall maintain adequate fire suppression on site, portable fire extinguishers etc. to the satisfaction of the Corporation. 2.3.2 All flammable materials are to be handled, stored, and disposed of according to relevant OHSA and WHMIS regulations and in manner that which does not create a fire hazard. 2.4. NON -WAIVER 2.4.1 No condoning, excusing or overlooking by the Owner of any default, breach or non- observance by the Supplier at any time or times in respect of any provision herein contained shall operate as a waiver of the Owner's right hereunder in respect of any continuing or subsequent default, breach or non -observance or so as to defeat or affect in any way the rights of the Owner herein in respect of any such continuing or subsequent default or breach, and no waiver shall be inferred from or implied by anything done or omitted by the Owner save only an express waiver in writing. Any Work completed by the Owner required by this agreement to be done by the Supplier shall not relieve the Supplier of his/her obligations to do that Work. 2.5. NON -ASSIGNMENT 2.5.1 Neither this Contract nor any Work to be performed under this Contract or any part hereof may be assigned by the Supplier without the prior written consent of the Owner. Such written consent however shall not under any circumstances relieve the Supplier of his/her liabilities and obligations under this Contract and shall be within the sole and unfettered discretion of the Owner. Page 19 of 82 Page 86 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 2.6. DISPUTES 2.6.1 In all cases of misunderstanding and disputes, verbal arrangements shall not be considered. The Supplier shall produce written authority in support of its contentions and shall advance no claim in the absence of such written authority, or use, or attempt to use any conversation with any parties against the Owner or in prosecuting any claim against the Owner. 2.7. INSPECTION AND TESTING 2.7.1 The inspection of all Bid Items shall be carried out by the Owner or the Owner's consultant to determine whether or not they meet the requirements of the Bid Document. 2.7.2 Any material or workmanship, which fails in anyway to meet the terms of the Bid Document is subject to rejection or to be purchased on an adjusted price basis. The decision of the Owner shall be final. 2.7.3 All cost associated with the inspection or testing of any servicelmaterial that does not meet the Owner's specification, shall be charged to the Supplier. 2.7.4 The Supplier shall give 24 hours' notice of any operation that shall require either inspection or measurements by the Owner. 2.8. EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBER 2.8.1 Prior to commencing, the Work, the Supplier shall provide the Owner with the name(s) and telephone number(s) of his/her representative(s) who can be contacted on a 24-hour basis in case of an emergency during the term of the Contract. 2.9. MEETINGS 2.9.1 The Supplier's representative(s), as requested by the Owner, shall attend all meetings required for the services. The Supplier's representative(s) attending meetings shall be thoroughly versed and knowledgeable with respect to the proposed topics of discussion and shall have the authority to make the necessary decisions and commitments with respect to matters agreed upon at the meetings. 2.10. ALTERATIONS AND AMENDMENTS 2.10.1 The Owner shall have the right at any time to order changes in the Work in accordance with the Conditions of Contract. Any such change shall be made pursuant to a Contract Change Order Form executed by Supplier and Owner prior to Supplier undertaking Work pursuant to this Change Order. Except as stated in the Contract Change Order, the Work shall remain unaltered and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect. Each Contract Change Order shall set out the change in Work, and the cost of such change, including costs to the Supplier on the remaining Work and shall not impact on schedule. Each Contract Change Order, unless otherwise specified, shall be deemed to incorporate the terms and conditions of the Contract and shall be deemed to be part thereof. Page 20 of 82 Page 87 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 2.10.2 The Owner and Supplier shall have the right to change, amend or modify the form or content of a Contract document in regard to matters, which do not affect the nature of Work, by Contract amendment, which shall be executed by Owner and Supplier. Contract documents, except to the extent stated in the Contract amendment, shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect. 2.11. DEFECTIVE OR UNSUITABLE 2.11.1 Items purchased in these documents which are later found to be defective or unsuitable for their intended use shall be returned to the Supplier forthwith, whether the material(s) are on the job site or held in inventory. Such products shall be subject to replacement or 100% refund of purchase price, at the Owner's discretion, and shall not be subject to any re -stocking charges. 2.12. REJECTED COMMODITIES 2.12.1 Upon rejection of commodity(s) the same shall be removed by the Supplier from the premises of the Owner within five (5) days after notification unless public health and safety require immediate destruction or other disposal or such rejected commodities in which case the Owner may take such actions as it deems necessary. Rejected items left longer than five (5) days shall be considered as abandoned and the Owner shall have the right to dispose of them as its own property. 2.13. DELIVERY SCHEDULE 2.13.1 Time is of the essence for the delivery or provision of the goods and services or either of them requested herein. The delivery date shall be adhered to, as the Owner is relying on that date for their part of its operations. Failure to comply with the time schedule herein, in providing the goods and services may result in the Owner taking further action to obtain an alternative Supply, in which event the cost incurred shall be charged to the successful Supplier. If such cost is not paid by the successful Supplier, it shall be deducted from the balance of the purchase price owing. Where it is not possible to obtain the goods and services on or before the date of delivery, the Owner shall charge back to the successful Supplier the difference in cost between the price submission and the acquisition cost of the alternative goods and services. 2.14 F.O.B. POINT 2.14.1 The F.O.B. point shall be 3331 Line 4 North, Oro, Ontario. Where materials are specified in the Bid Document, Supplier shall not ship materials without approval by the Owner. Once Contract is awarded, the Owner shall provide a release schedule to the Supplier, advising when materials are required. 2.15. TRADES QUALIFICATION AND APPRENTICESHIP ACT 2.15.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance to The Trades Qualification and Apprenticeship Act (TQAA). The Contractor shall be responsible for providing written proof of TQAA trades qualifications, such as a certificate of qualification or apprenticeship contract, to ministry inspectors. Page 21 of 82 Page 88 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 2.16. PERSONAL PROPERTY SECURITY ACT 2.16.1 The Supplier warrants that the goods/inventory/equipment being supplied to the Owner, are free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances, mortgages, hypothecations, or any third party statutory claims. 2.17. DISPOSAL OF SCRAP MATERIAL 2.17.1 Scrap Materials shall be disposed of at a licensed landfill or recycling facility by the Contractor at his expense. 2.18. SITE CONDITIONS / MEASUREMENTS 2.18.1 Notwithstanding any drawings or specifications provided in the Bid document, Bidders are required to satisfy themselves by personal visitation and examination of each site for the Work of the existing conditions which may be encountered on or adjacent to the site, including without limitation, all underground/overhead utilities locations, surface & sub -surface conditions, existing structures on or adjacent to the sites, access routes and other conditions which may affect performance of the Work. The submission of a Bid shall be deemed proof that the Bidder has satisfied itself as to all the provisions of the Bid Documents and of all the conditions which may be encountered at the site or any other matter which may affect performance of the Work and no claims may be made by the Contractor based on the assertion by the Contractor that it was uninformed as to any of the conditions affecting the site or the provisions or conditions intended to be covered by the Contract. The Contractor shall accept sole responsibility for any error or neglect on his/her part in respect to the foregoing. No after claim shall be allowed or entertained for any labour, equipment or material that may be required for the proper execution and completion of the Work, due to this failure to comply with the above. . 2.18.2 Bidders shall be responsible for their own measurements and satisfying themselves to the site and working conditions at the mandatory site meeting. 2.18.3 At the end of each work day and when all work under this contract is completed, the contractor will clean up and remove all debris, surplus material, tools and equipment leaving the work area in a condition satisfactory to the owner. END OF SECTION Page 22 of 82 Page 89 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 00310 TENDER FORM Project Number: RC -2013-T02 Project Title: Huronia Nurse Practitioner LED Clinic — Phase II Location: 3331 Line 4 North, Oro, ON Submitted To: Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte (Owner) having examined the (Company Name) (Business Address) Bid Documents, and Addenda No. to No. inclusive, all as issued by Steenhof Building Services Group (Consultant) and having visited the Project Site; hereby offer to enter into a Contract to perform the Work required by the Bid Documents for the stipulated price of Dollars ($ inclusive of HST) in Canadian funds, which price includes any specified cash and contingency allowances and the applicable taxes in force at this date except as may be otherwise provided in the Bid Documents. Appendices to Bid: The information on Subcontractors, Unit Prices, Alternative Prices and Separate Prices as called for in the Bid Documents is provided in the attached Appendices and forms an integral part of this Bid. Declarations: We hereby declare that: (a) we agree to perform the Work in compliance with the required completion schedule stated in the Bid Documents (November 15, 2013); (b) no person, firm or corporation other than the undersigned has any interest in this Bid or in the proposed Contract for which this Bid is made; (c) this Bid is irrevocable and open to acceptance for a period of sixty (60) days from the date of bid closing. Page 23 of 82 Page 90 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II Signatures: Signed, sealed and submitted for and on behalf of: Company (Name) (Street Address or Postal Box Number) (City, Province & Postal Code) Signature: Name & Title: (Please Print or Type) Witness: Dated at this day of , 2013 TENDER RC -2013-T02 (Apply SEAL above) N.B. Where legal jurisdiction or Owner requirement calls for proof of authority to execute this Bid, proof of such authority in the form of a certified copy of a resolution naming the person or persons in question as authorized to sign this Bid for and on behalf of the Corporation or Partnership should be attached. Page 24 of 82 Page 91 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II Project Number: RC -2013-T02 Project Title: Huronia Nurse Practitioner LED Clinic— Phase II Location: 3331 Line 4 North, Oro, ON Bid Submitted by: LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS The following are the Subcontractors we propose to use for the Divisions or Sections of Work listed hereunder. (If not used, bar and initial the space below) Division or Section of Work Name of Subcontractor Page 25 of 82 Page 92 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II TENDER COST BREAKDOWN PROJECT: HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINC - PHASE II No. DESCRIPTION TOTAL A01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A02 DEMOLITION & DISPOSAL A03 CONCRETE (Footings, Foundation/Walls, Floors, Cutting/Patching) A04 STRUCTURAL & MISC. STEEL A05 FRAMING A06 MILLWORK A07 DOORS & WINDOWS A08 DOOR HARDWARE A09 FLOORING A10 GYPSUM BOARD A11 PAINTING Al2 T -BAR CEILINGS A13 SPECIALTIES A14 PLUMBING ROUGH -IN A15 PLUMBING FINISH A16 SEPTIC (System Design & Installation) A17 ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN A18 ELECTRICAL FINISH A19 LIFE SAFETY (Exit Signage, Fire Alarm, Pull Stations) A20 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A21 LANDSCAPING & SITE WORK HST TOTAL STIPULATED PRICE (TOTAL SHALL EQUAL TENDER PRICE) Page 26 of 82 Page 93 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 01100 SUMMARY PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1. All Contract Documents, together with all amendments, are complementary — work specified on any of the Drawings or in any Sections of the Specifications is deemed to include all modifications and/or additions to related work, so that the Project can be fully completed for its intended purpose. 1.2 SCOPE AND SUBDIVISION OF WORK 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to "approval", "direction", "selection" or other similar words, including the various forms derived there from, means that the required acceptance and/or instructions shall be given by the Consultant. 2. The word "provide" means that both the supply and installation of products and/or services shall be included in the Work. 3. Whenever in these Specifications work is requested to be rectified, repaired, made good or replaced, it shall be done so without any cost to the Owner. 4. Whenever in these Specifications the term "and/or" is used, the Consultant's decision shall govern which one of the possible meanings is to be derived from the sentence where that term occurs. 5. The various Sections of the Specifications shall not be considered to establish contractual limits for work done by the various contractors or subcontractors. 6. All Sections of Division 1 shall form an integral part of each Section of the Specifications, including those of Division 15 and Division 16. 7. Whenever in these specifications or the drawings, a building material is marked "existing", it is part of the existing building. When it is not noted as existing, it is part of the work to be supplied and installed. 8. The "Work Included" sections in the specification are meant only as a guide for the Contractor and does not remove the responsibility from the Contractor to do a complete examination of the documents and the site and the site conditions to determine the full extent of the work. The Contractor is to supply all materials for the completion of the work. All materials are to be installed in a completely operating condition. The Contractor is to furnish all labour and equipment needed to carry out the installation of the work. 1.3 ITEMS SUPPLIED BY OWNER 1. Items to be purchased by the Owner and supplied to the site are identified on the drawings and/or in the enclosed specifications. 2. Coordinate and schedule the delivery of these items for timely incorporation into the Work. Items should be delivered when required, neither too early or late. 3. Receive items deliver to the site. Provide equipment and labour required to unload delivery vehicle. Check deliveries and verify quantities, model, colour, and manufacturer. Inspect for damages. Place items in secure storage area. Provide temporary heat, ventilation and protection. Page 27 of 82 Page 94 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 4. Unless otherwise indicated below, all items to be installed by this Contract. Installation includes setting into place, adjusting for plumb, connections to services, cleaning, testing and adjusting as required so that equipment is ready to operate and be put into service by the Owner. Provide suitable blocking as required for mounting and securement. 5. Provide suitable protection to items after installation. 1.4 DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS 1. If the Contractor finds discrepancies in, or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications or other Contract Documents or has any doubt as to the meaning or intent of any part thereof the Consultant shall be notified at once. The Consultant will send written instructions of explanations. Neither the Owner nor the Consultant will be responsible for oral instructions. 1.5 EXAMINATION 1. Make a careful examination of the area of the Work, and investigate and be satisfied as to all matters relating to the nature of the Work to be undertaken, as to the means of access and egress thereto and therefrom, as to the obstacles to be met with, as to the rights and interests which may be interfered with during the construction of the Work, as to the extent of the Work to be performed and any and all matters which are referred to in the Drawings, Specifications and other Contract Documents, or which are necessary for the full and proper understanding of the Work and the conditions under which it will be performed. 2. Contractor is held to have examined site and building(s) and ascertained extent and nature of conditions affecting performance of Work before tendering, including location of concealed/buried services that may have to be protected, removed or relocated. 3. Before commencement of Work and/or ordering of equipment and materials thoroughly investigate all conditions related to the site and the construction of the existing building. 4. Plan work to accommodate all requirements and limitations discovered by the above investigation so that the work can be completed without any inconvenience or additional costs. 5. The details of existing conditions and construction are based on the information available at the time of the preparation of the contract documents. If during construction, conditions are revealed which differ from the assumed conditions, advise the Consultant before proceeding. 6. Each subcontractor is to examine the substrate their work is to attach to, including a thorough examination of the drawings, specifications and the general contractor's as-builts, to determine whether the substrate is compatible with their work. The initiation of their work confirms their thorough examination and acceptance of the substrate. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not applicable. END OF SECTION Page 28 of 82 Page 95 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 01150 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK RESTRICTIONS 1. The Huronia Nurse Practitioner Clinic portion of the existing building will remain operational Monday, Wednesday and Friday 08:00 to 19:00, Thursday 08:00 — 16:30 and Friday 08:00 — 15:00 during the entire construction period. No disruption to Owner's operations will be permitted without prior approval from the owner. 2. All construction activities which involve temporary disruption to services, utilities, public access and egress, and traffic patterns must be scheduled with the Owner. 3. Deliveries must be scheduled in advance with the Owner. 1.2 PHASING Phasing of work to be discussed and agreed on by all parties prior to commencement of construction. The successful proponent is to review and comment on the proposed phasing as indicated on the Phasing Plan A001 in the tender drawings and noted below. Phase 1 1. Existing playground equipment to be removed and relocated by the contractor as directed by the Township of Oro-Medonte staff. 2. Construction of proposed addition & site works to be completed. 3. Existing nursing clinic to remain in operational during this phase. Phase 2 1. Proposed addition to be operational in conjunction with existing nursing clinic. 2. Existing OPP area to be renovated. Any interruptions to existing services to be coordinated with SBSG, Huronia Nurse Practitioner LED Clinic & Township staff. 3. After hours & night work as required during this phase. Phase 3 1. Temporary hoarding to be installed adjacent to proposed waiting area to prevent access to existing nursing clinic area. 2. Temporary reception desk to be setup at new Nursing Station area. 3. Existing clinic area to be renovated. Any interruptions to existing services to be coordinated with SBSG, Huronia Nurse Practitioner LED Clinic & Township staff. 4. After hours & night work as required during this phase. 5. Remove all temporary hoarding. Complete all finishes. Final Cleaning 6. Clinic and OPP area to be fully operational. 1.3 DISCOVERY OF ITEMS OF VALUE 1. Monetary notes, money, tokens, articles of value or antiquity and other remains or items of interest discovered on or in the work area to be the absolute property of the Owner. 2. Take precautions to prevent workers and other persons from removing or damaging such articles or items. Immediately upon discovery thereof, and before removal, inform the Owner and Consultant of such discovery and carry out at the expense of the Owner. 3. Follow Owner's instructions as to the specialized removal and disposal of same. 1.4 EXITING FACILITIES 1. Maintain exit facilities and access to thoroughfares during the Work. Cooperate at all times with the Huronia Nurse Practitioner Clinic, OPP and Oro-Medonte staff. Page 29 of 82 Page 96 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1.5 WORK WITHIN ONTARIO PROVINCIAL POLICE (O.P.P) SUB -OFFICE 1. All individuals required to complete work in the O.P.P sub -office must have completed a satisfactory criminal records check. The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the screenings through the O.P.P office located at 20 Rose St. Barrie On. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL 1. All prices described in this Section shall include the total cost of materials, labour, tools, equipment, fees, insurance, testing, preparation of drawings, submittals, calculations, supervision, inspections, deliveries, travelling, out-of-town accommodations, rentals, duties, taxes, head office and site office overheads, profits and all other direct and indirect expenses required to fully perform the specified work. GST is not included in prices. 2. The cost of changes to Work not covered by Itemized Prices, Alternative Prices, Unit Prices or Separate Prices shall be established by using current labour rates, including mandatory benefits, prevailing local market prices of materials and/or equipment, taxes, specific fees related to the change only, and overhead and profit. 3. The overhead referred to in this Section is deemed to include all costs of: 1. Operating head office and site facilities. 2. Head office and site personnel other than the labourers, and mechanics doing the actual work. 3. Custom duties, basic permits and other licenses required by jurisdictional authorities. 4. Insurance and warranties. 5. Administration, supervision and coordination. 6. Calculations, inspections, testing. 7. Deliveries, transportation, travelling, out-of-town accommodations. 8. Hand and small power tools required for the efficient completion of the work. 1.2 CHANGES TO WORK 1. The standard documentation for effecting changes in the Work shall be as follows: Page 30 of 82 Page 97 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1. Consultant's Contemplated Change Order and Change Directive as appropriate. These forms are issued to the Contractor with necessary Drawings, Schedules, Details and Specifications. 2. Contractor's Quotation submitted to the Consultant showing amount by which the Contract Sum should be adjusted by way of increase or decrease if the change is ordered, and also the affect, if any on the Contract Time. 3. Consultant's Formal Change Order issued to the Contractor on Standard Form after Owner's approval. 2. Standard Form of Contemplated Change Order, Change Directive and Change Order may be seen at the Consultant's office during normal working hours. 3. Any costs related to preparation of the necessary documentation and estimating for changes/contemplated changes are deemed to be included in the specified profit and overhead. 4. Quotations submitted in response to Consultant's Contemplated Change Order or Change Directive shall be fully detailed and itemized to facilitate checking and processing by the Consultant. 5. The following maximum mark-ups for overhead and profit may be applied as appropriate to the net costs assessed as above where the effect of the proposed change is an increase in the Contract Sum: 1) Work carried out by the Contractor's own forces: 10% overhead and profit combined. 2) Work carried out by a Subcontractor: 10% overhead and profit combined. 3) Contractor's mark-up on Subcontractor's Work: 5% overhead and profit combined. 4) Credits to the Owner's account: Contractors and Subcontractors overhead and profit shall not be deducted." 6. The intention is that quotations submitted in response to Contemplated Change Order shall be fair and reasonable and reflect current market prices in line with prices in original Tender. The Contractor shall check subcontractor's quotations for compliance with this requirement before submission to Consultant. PART2-PRODUCTS Not applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION Page 31 of 82 Page 98 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 01310 PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. Coordinate the Work of all Sections, including those of Divisions 15 and 16. 2. Cooperate and coordinate with other Contractors and ensure that Subcontractors and trades cooperate and coordinate their work to have the Work performed expeditiously and to be satisfactory in all respects at completion. Ensure cooperation of workers in laying out and performing Work. Maintain efficient and continuous supervision. 3. Ensure that Subcontractors and trades cooperate with other Subcontractors and trades whose work links to or is affected by their own work. Ensure that minor adjustments are made to make adjustable work fit fixed work. 4. Review all Contract Documents and advise the Consultant of any possible conflict before commencing the Work, ordering of materials or preparing shop drawings. 5. Coordinate the work of the various Sections so that all surfaces and/or components of Work will be properly prepared, finished, cured and/or installed, to interface with subsequent Work without reducing the specified quality of that Work. 6. Pay particular attention to types of ceiling construction and clearances throughout, especially where recessed fixtures are required. Coordinate Work with other Contractors and Subcontractors wherever ventilation ducts or piping installations occur to ensure that conflicts are avoided. 7. Commencement of Work will constitute acceptance of site conditions and previously completed work. 1.2 PROTECTION AND MAKING GOOD 1. Protect adjacent property, existing building and Work from any damage. 2. In case of damage to active services or utilities, notify the Owner, Consultant and respective authorities immediately and make all required repairs under direction of Owner, Consultant and respective authorities. Carry out repairs to such damaged services and utilities continuously to completion, including working beyond normal working hours. 1.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. Include all necessary cutting and patching to complete the Work. 2. Fit construction tightly to all penetrations by accurate cutting and/or patching and patch and seal all voids to assure full effectiveness of all air and vapour barriers, and thermal, acoustic and fire separations. 3. Make patches invisible in all exposed to view surfaces. 4. Remove and replace defective and non -conforming work. 5. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 6. Provide openings in non-structural elements of work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical work. 7. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. 8. Employ original installer to perform cutting and patching for materials exposed to view. Page 32 of 82 Page 99 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 9. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic or impact tools not allowed with masonry materials without prior approval. 10. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes: for continuous surfaces refinish to nearest intersection; for an assembly, refinish entire unit. END OF SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1. Make all required submittals to Consultant with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in the Work. No extension of Contract Time will be allowed if submissions are not made in ample time. 2. Work affected by the submittals shall not proceed until review is complete. 3. Review submittals prior to submission to the Consultant. Assure that necessary requirements have been determined and verified and that each submittal has been checked and coordinated with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents and has been stamped, signed, dated and identified as to the specific project or submittal will be returned without being examined and shall be considered rejected. 4. Verify that field measurements and affected adjacent Work are coordinated. 5. Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submission is not relieved by Consultant's review of submittals. 6. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submission from requirements of Contract Documents is not relieved by Consultant's review. 7. Rework and/or replace without any cost to the Owner any work resulting from failure to verify that information shown on shop drawings conforms to the requirements defined in Contract Documents, and/or to highlight deviations from the specified details. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA 1. Drawings shall be copies of original drawings prepared by Contractor, Subcontractor, supplier or distributor, for the Work of the Contract which illustrate appropriate portions of the Work; showing fabrication layout, setting or erection details as specified in appropriate Sections. Provide Drawings on same size sheets as Contract Drawings generally. 2. Submit Shop Drawings with transmittal forms listing the name of the manufacturer, the job, the Drawing number, the number of copies and reference in the Specification to which the Shop Drawings refer. 3. Submit to Consultant, and to authorities having jurisdiction as required, documents identified to be submitted for review. Failure to submit in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for an extension of Contract Time or extra costs and no claim for extension of Contract Time or increase to Contract Price by reason of such default will be allowed. Final approval of authorities having jurisdiction, where required, shall be obtained prior to submitting shop drawing or other documentation to Consultant. Page 33 of 82 Page 100 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 4. Make changes in shop drawings as the Consultant may require, consistent with Contract Documents. When resubmitting, notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions other than those requested. 5. Submit Shop Drawings to the Consultant a minimum of seven (7) white prints. After review, the Consultant(s) will retain one white print and return the other white prints to the Contractor. On completion of the revisions, one complete set of new white prints of Shop Drawings used for construction shall be supplied to the Consultant, unless otherwise specified. 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY 1. Check and certify as correct Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples prior to submission. 2. Verify: a. Field measurements. Field construction criteria. G. Catalogue numbers and similar data. 3. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. 4. Notify Consultant, in writing at the time of submission of any deviations in submittal from requirements of Contract Documents. Allow adequate time for response and appropriate action. 5. Each shop drawing or catalogue sheet shall be date stamped and signed by the Contractor to indicate that he has checked the drawing for conformance with all requirements of the Contract documents, that he has coordinated this equipment with other equipment to which it is attached and/or connected and that he has verified all dimensions to ensure the proper installation of equipment within the available space and without interference with the work of other trades. Ensure that electrical co-ordination is complete before submitting drawings for approval 1.11 COST BREAKDOWN 1. Submit complete cost breakdowns of Work within ten (10) Working Days of award of Contract. 2. Include subtotals for sub trade work. 3. Identify general conditions, overhead and profit and cash allowances, separately. 4. Identify HST as a single separate item. PART2-PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION Page 34 of 82 Page 101 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 WORKMANSHIP 1. The work of all Sections shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with the best practice by craftsmen skilled in the work of the respective Section. Unless otherwise specified, the manufacturer's latest printed instructions shall be rigidly complied within the methods and materials to be used in the installation of the work. The Consultant shall be notified in writing if these Specifications and/or Drawings conflict in any way with manufacturer's instructions. The Consultant will then rule which specifications shall be followed. If applicable, a copy of those instructions shall be made available at job site. 2. Provide a system of quality control to ensure that the minimum standards specified herein are attained. 3. Bring to the attention of the Consultant any defects in the Work or departures from the Contract Documents which may occur during construction. The Consultant will decide upon corrective action and state his recommendations in writing. 1.2 JURISDICTIONAL AUTHORITIES 1. Comply with requirements of all federal, provincial and municipal authorities having the right to enforce the laws at the place of this Project. 2. Comply with applicable provincial Health and Safety regulations. 3. Comply with the applicable provincial workplace materials safety information legislation. Make application and pay for any other permits, licenses, inspections, examinations and fees required for the Work. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 1. Conform to the most restrictive requirements of the National Building Code and the Ontario Building Code. Conform to the provincial Health and Safety legislation for Construction Projects and to the National Fire Code, and all other applicable Codes and building by-laws, hereinafter referred to as Codes. Conform to the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Nothing contained in the Drawings or Specifications shall be so construed as to be in conflict with any law, by-law of regulation of the municipal, provincial or other authorities having jurisdiction. Work shall be performed in conformity with all such laws, by-laws and regulations. 3. Consider Contract forms, codes, specifications, standards, manuals, and installation and application instructions referred to in these Specifications to be the latest published editions at the date of submission of the tender unless otherwise stated in the Specifications or otherwise required by the authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Construct the Work in accordance with the contract documents where these requirements exceed the requirements of the authorities and regulations noted above. Page 35 of 82 Page 102 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1.6 FIRE RATINGS 1. Where a material, component or assembly is required to be fire rated, the fire rating shall be as determined or listed by one of the following testing authorities acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction: a. Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada b. Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (U.S.A.) c. Factory Mutual Laboratories d. The National Research Council of Canada e. The National Board of Fire Underwriters f. Warnock Hersey Professional Services. 2. Where reference is made to only one testing authority, an equivalent fire rating as determined or listed by another of the aforementioned testing authorities is acceptable if approved by authorities having jurisdiction. Obtain and submit such approval of authorities, in writing, when requesting acceptance of a proposed equivalent rating or test design. 1.7 LIFE AND SAFETY 1. Ensure that all life and fire safety features called for in the Contract Documents are supplied and installed to meet safety standards established by the jurisdictional authorities and underwriters for life safety, fire prevention and fire protection. The Contractor shall ensure that the Work of Subcontractors is properly coordinated to achieve the intent of this Specification. 2. Maintain access to building for firefighting purposes, to satisfaction of Fire Department. 3. Provide fire extinguishers as required by code. 4. Comply with additional safety regulations imposed by an authorized representative of the Owner. 5. Keep exits from the existing building free from obstructions. 6. Maintain continuation of fire separations and protections in existing building. 7. Assume all responsibilities designated for the Constructor in the provincial Health and Safety legislation. 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL 1. Conform to all requirements established by jurisdictional authorities for environmental and pollution control. 2. Prevent dust from spreading to adjacent areas in the building. Coordinate location of dust screens with the Owner. 1.9 INSPECTION 1. The Owner and the Consultant shall have access to the work. If part of the work is in preparation at locations other than the Place of the Work, access shall be given to such work whenever it is in progress. 2. The Consultant may order any part of the Work to be examined if such Work is suspected to be not in accordance with the Contract Documents. Correct such Work and pay the cost of examination and correction. Page 36 of 82 Page 103 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1.10 EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM 1. Submit adjustment and balancing reports for mechanical and electrical systems. 2. Refer to mechanical and electrical specifications for definitive requirements. END OF SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 — GENERAL 1. Accept responsibility for all temporary structures and comply with applicable rules and regulations. 2. The expression "provide" shall be deemed to include the provision, installation and finishing, maintenance, servicing and removal of the Work described. All Work damaged by temporary installations shall be repaired and made good at no extra cost to the Owner. 3. Maintain temporary facilities in good condition. 1.2 LIMITS OF THE WORK AREA 1. Confine materials, products, equipment and temporary structures within the limits of the work area as shown on the Drawings. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT 1. Erect scaffolding, independent of walls. Use scaffolding so as to interfere as little as possible with the Work. When not in use, move scaffolding as necessary to permit other Work. Construction and maintain scaffolding in rigid, secure and safe manner. Remove scaffolding promptly when no longer required. Scaffolding shall permit convenient access to all levels for all workmen and inspection staff. 2. Be responsible for all scaffolding, or other temporary supports used during the Work. General Contractor is responsible for providing scaffolding for other trades. 1.4 INSTALLATION/REMOVAL 1. Provide construction facilities and temporary controls in order to execute the Work expeditiously. 2. On completion, or at earlier date if facility no longer required or if alternative accommodation provided within the building, clear away temporary facilities and make good all Work disturbed. 1.5 PROTECTION OF BUILDING FINISHES AND EQUIPMENT 1. Provide protection for finished and partially finished building finishes and equipment during performance of Work. 2. Provide necessary screens, covers and hoardings as required. 3. Be responsible for damage incurred due to lack of or improper protection. Page 37 of 82 Page 104 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1.6 SECURITY 1. The building and the construction area must be secure against intruders and unauthorized persons at all times. Provide closures, doors and locks. 1.7 PROJECT CLEANLINESS 1. Provide garbage bins and pay disposal costs. 2. Maintain the Work in tidy condition, free from the accumulation of waste products and debris. 3. Remove waste materials and debris from the work area as required. 4. Remove from finished surfaces deposits which could stain, harden, set or become difficult to remove. 5. Clean interior area prior to start of finish Work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. 6. Do not dispose of waste or volatile materials such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner into waterways, storm or sanitary sewers. 1.8 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION 1. Maintain project areas, and access route to work area free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. Do not allow rubbish to accumulate in Work under construction. 2. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials, and rubbish. 3. Vacuum clean interior building areas when ready to receive finish painting, and continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis until building is ready for substantial completion or occupancy. 4. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust or other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. 5. Cleaning operations shall include those areas used for temporary site access or used on a temporary basis to facilitate the Work. PART2-PRODUCTS Not applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not applicable. END OF SECTION Page 38 of 82 Page 105 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 01730 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 1. Demolition of existing partitions as shown on drawings. 2. Removal of existing ceilings and floor coverings as shown on drawings. 3. Salvage and reuse of existing materials as shown on drawings. 4. Cutting and patching of existing building as required for installation of new work. 1.2 STANDARD 1. Comply with Ontario Building Code, Part 8, Construction Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition sites, and Provincial requirements. 2. Conduct a waste audit and develop a waste management plan for the impacted materials to allow for identification of and reuse, recycling and reduction of demolition waste material in accordance with Ontario Provincial Regulation prior to any demolition works. Copies of audit and management plans are to be submitted to the Consultant for approval prior to commencing demolition. 1.3 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS REMOVED FROM EXISTING BUILDING 1. Refer to drawings for existing items that are designated to be carefully removed and reinstalled or relocated. 2. 2 All existing items that are identified to be removed and not reinstalled shall be carefully removed and handed over to the Owner when requested. 3. Materials resulting from demolition and not required to be retained shall be removed promptly from site and disposed of in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Materials that are to be removed from the site and can be reused should be sent to the appropriate facility. 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS 1. Visit and examine the site and note all conditions affecting the Work. Establish procedures for demolition, disposal of materials and protection of adjoining materials and properties. 2. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. Conditions existing at the time of commencement of Contract will be maintained by Owner insofar as practicable. 1.5 EXISTING SERVICES 1. Before commencing work, establish location and extent of service lines in area of work and notify Consultant of findings. 2. Remove abandoned service lines where noted. Cap or otherwise seal lines at cut-off points as directed by Consultant. 3. Any lines that are designated for abandonment shall be sealed and plugged to prevent potential entry and movement of contaminants. 4. Record locations of maintained, re-routed and abandoned service lines. 1.6 PROTECTION 1. Keep noise, dust, and inconvenience to Owner to minimum. 2. Protect building systems, services and equipment. Page 39 of 82 Page 106 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 3. Provide, erect and maintain barricades, lighting, guardrails and other protective devices as required by authorities having jurisdiction and as required to give full protection to the public, to workers employed on the demolition and to the adjacent building areas. 4. Demolition shall be carried out in a manner to ensure the minimum of disruption to Owner, and other contractors working in the building. 5. Coordinate with Municipal Authorities and Utilities as required for removal of equipment and services. 6. Close work which is not supervised to prevent entrance by unauthorized persons. 7. Repair or replace any damaged materials. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DEMOLITION — GENERAL 1. Furnish labour, materials, tools, plant, scaffolding, chutes and services required or incidental to the completion to the full intent of the Drawings and Specifications, for the execution of all demolition and protection work. 2. Dispose of demolished materials where noted and in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Leave work in safe condition at the end of each day's work, so that no part of the structure is in danger of toppling, collapsing or falling. 4. During demolition operations, keep work wetted down sufficiently to prevent dust and dirt rising. Provide water line for this purpose. Upon completion remove installed temporary water line. 5. Do not sell or burn materials on site. 3.2 CEILINGS AND WALLS 1. Remove existing ceilings and wall finishes as shown in drawings. 2. Remove existing walls or portions thereof, where indicated and provide openings where required. Cut surfaces in smooth, uniform, straight, plumb lines. 3. When removing ceilings, remove entire ceiling systems including hangers and remove hangers used for support of light fixtures in such areas. 4. Take precautions to adequately support structure, provide bracing required for safety and execution of the work. Coordinate with structural requirements. 3.3 MISCELLANEOUS DEMOLITION 1. Remove millwork items, ceramic tile, fitments, foodservice equipment and other such components. 2. Remove debris. 3. Remove wall and floor finishes where noted. 4. Remove fixtures, doors and frames where indicated in drawings. 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. Obtain Consultant's approval before cutting, boring or sleeving load-bearing members. 2. Cut and patch as required to make work fit. 3. Make cuts with clean, true, smooth edges. 4. Where new work connects with existing and where existing work is altered, cut, patch and make good to match existing work. 5. Use specialists in affected materials to execute cutting, fitting and remedial work. Page 40 of 82 Page 107 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 6. Make good surfaces exposed or disturbed by work with material and finish to match existing adjoining surfaces. 3.6 SALVAGED AND REUSED ITEMS 1. Carefully remove for reuse items designated on the drawings 2. Properly label, store and protect these items. 3. Turn over any items removed but not reused in the work, as required by the Owner. 4. Salvaged items for reuse include: a. light fixtures b. doors, frames and hardware c. Reception window & frame 3.7 EXISTING SLAB PREPARATION 1. Remove existing floor finishes and bases in locations shown on drawings. 2. At existing locations where flooring and base has been removed, where concrete curbs, bases, steps and pads have been removed, grind and patch existing concrete slabs as required and clean slab and base surfaces, remove ridges, bumps, adhesives and other matter detrimental to bond of levelling coat, new finish application or underlayment. Surfaces shall be smooth, level and free of gouges; prepare for levelling coat and/or new finish application specified in respective Sections or underlayment. 3. At existing locations designated to receive new flooring, remove paint, old adhesives, and hard applied finishes by grinding or other approved means, as required to accommodate new flooring. Prepare for flooring application. Coordinate requirements with Work specified in flooring Sections. 4. At existing locations where slabs have been contaminated with oil, grease, resins or other such material not compatible with subsequent applied underlayment or flooring, remove contaminants by blast tracking or prepare existing surfaces by other approved means. 3.8 CLEANUP AND REPAIR 1. Upon completion of demolition remove tools, equipment, and debris from site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom clean and site in condition acceptable to Consultant. 2. Repair and make good demolition performed in excess of that required Repair soiled or damaged surfaces. END OF SECTION Page 41 of 82 Page 108 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 FINAL CLEANING 1. When the Work is Substantially Performed, remove surplus products, tools, construction machinery and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining Work. 2. Remove waste products and debris and leave the Work clean and suitable for immediate occupancy by Owner without further cleaning. 3. When the Work is Totally Performed, remove surplus products, tools, construction machinery and equipment. Remove waste products and debris other than that caused by the Owner or other Contractors. 4. Remove waste materials and debris from the site at regularly scheduled times as coordinated with the Owner. 5. Make arrangements with and obtain permits from authorities having jurisdiction for disposal of waste and debris. 6. Clean and polish glass, mirrors, hardware, wall tile, stainless steel, chrome, mechanical and electrical fixtures. Replace broken, scratched or disfigured glass. Remove protective materials and labels. 7. Remove stains, spots, marks and dirt from decorative work, electrical and mechanical fixtures, furniture fitments, walls, floors and ceilings. 8. Vacuum clean and dust building interiors, behind grilles, louvers and screens. Vacuum carpet and flooring. 9. Wash, wax, seal, shampoo or prepare floor finishes, as recommended by the manufacturer of the various flooring materials. 10. Inspect finishes, fitments and equipment and ensure specified workmanship and operation. 11. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. Replace filters of heating, ventilating and air conditioning units if operated during construction. 1.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Submit as further defined in other sections three (3) copies of operation and maintenance manuals. Bind contents in a three-ring, hard -covered binder. Organize contents into applicable categories of Work, parallel to Specification Sections. Mark each Section by labelled tabs and dividers. 1.3 RECORD DRAWINGS Consultant will provide electronic AutoCAD files for record drawing purposes. Obtain "as -built" drawings from Trades and consolidate in a manner to the satisfaction of the Consultant. 2. Maintain project "as -built" record drawings and record accurately significant deviations from Contract Documents caused by Site conditions and changes ordered by Consultant. Page 42 of 82 Page 109 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II 3. Mark "as -built" changes in AutoCAD formAt with hard copy print out. 4. Record following information: a. Deviations from Contract Documents caused by site conditions and approved changes. b. Location of service lines and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of structure. 5. Show actual locations of the following on as -built drawings: a. Access doors and panels; b. Utility and service lines (including size and type), inverts of services at key points within the building. Dimension services in relation to the structure and building grid lines; c. Ductwork, piping, conduit, mechanical and electrical equipment and associated Work; d. Concealed piping, conduit and equipment including items provided for future use; e. Field changes of dimension and detail; f. Record inverts of all drain lines. 6. Refer to Mechanical and Electrical Specification Divisions for more specific requirements regarding data to be recorded for Record Drawings. 7. Identify drawings as "As -Built". Maintain in new condition and make available for inspection on site by Consultant each month in preparation for progress application and certification for payment. 8. Final completion of Project Record Drawings shall be a condition precedent to the issuance of Consultant's final payment certificate. 9. Upon Contract completion and prior to final inspection: a. On AutoCAD format CAD files supplied by the Consultant, produce digital record drawings. b. Digital record drawings shall include all mechanical, structural, electrical, architectural and landscaping drawings and schedules. c. Make changes to these digital drawings to reflect as constructed conditions. Circled areas with references to applicable Change Orders and other instructions are not acceptable. d. On each drawing add a box in the title block labelled, "CERTIFIED AS -BUILT", with a line and space for signature and date. Each record drawing, after revisions, will be signed and dated by the Contractor. 1.4 WARRANTIES 1. Each trade shall warrant material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from date of Substantial Performance, unless otherwise specified or indicated. 2. Warranties to the Owner shall commence at Substantial Performance of the entire Project as certified by the Consultant. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 1. Provide Owner with extra materials, for future maintenance use, as specified in Trade Sections of the Specification. END OF SECTION Page 43 of 82 Page 110 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 02000 SITEWORKS AND EXCAVATION PART 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The following shall be deemed to apply and form a part of this section; 1. Excavation 2. Backfill 3. Exterior Concrete 4. Asphalt Paving 5. Testing (Allowance) 6. Demolition PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 — EXCECUTION 1. Excavation: a) Excavate for all foundations in accordance with Ministry of Labour regulations to natural undisturbed soil and in all cases a minimum of below existing grade after topsoil is removed. b) Excavate site for asphalt, concrete slabs on grade etc. to the elevations noted on site plan allowing for depths of granular, and finish surfaces. c) Remove excess materials from site. d) Remove foundations, concrete, slabs, asphalt, etc. as may be required to complete new construction. e) Protect trees, shrubs and adjacent structures where required. f) Fence work site area using red -orange plastic fencing complete with steel posts at 2440mm on center, and a 38x89 wood top rail. Post "No -Trespassing" signs at 13.00m on center. g) Proof -roll existing sub grade under all slabs on grade. h) Bottom of all foundations shall be level and free from all loose or organic material and water. i) Install silt fencing as required by local codes or as noted on drawings. 2. Backfill: a) Foundation wall backfill material shall be granular "B" or granular "C" compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density (SPMDD) for all interior areas, and below sidewalks, parking lots, driveways adjacent to exterior walls. Excavated materials may be used for all backfilling provided they are granular "B" or "C". b) Backfill below slabs on grade shall be as follows: c) Interior Slabs on Grade: a. 300mm Granular "B" minimum (if existing materials are not Granular "B" or "C) compacted to 98% SPMDD. b. 150mm Granular "A" compacted to 98% SPMDD. d) Exterior Sidewalks: a. 300mm Granular "B" compacted to 98% SPMDD. b. 200mm Granular "A" compacted to 98% SPMDD. e) Placing: a. Granular "B" and "C" shall be placed in 200mm maximum layers. b. Granular "A" shall be placed in 300mm maximum layers. Page 44 of 82 Page 111 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 3. Exterior Concrete: a) Curbs shall be 150 x 460 minimum size. b) Concrete sidewalks and entrance slabs shall be 128mm thick c/w asphalt impregnated expansion joints where slabs meet foundation walls and at 610mm on center in lengths exceeding 6.10 meters Sawcut or tool slabs into pattern acceptable to Architect and / or Engineer but not less than width of slab. Wood float, broom finish, and edge slabs. Membrane cure. c) Exterior concrete to be 32Mpa with 6% air entrainment unless noted otherwise. d) Install 2" of Styrofoam SMHD or equal below all exterior concrete slabs adjacent to entrances. 4. Asphalt Paving: a) Granular base to be Granular 600mm Granular "B" and 150mm Granular "A" compacted to 98% SPMDD. b) Asphalt for: a. Driveways: 76.2mm HL6 or HL8 compacted. 38.1mm HL3 or HL3A compacted. b. Parking Lots: 51.8mm HL6 or HL8 compacted. 38.1mm HL3 or HL3A compacted. 5. Testing: (Allowance) a) Compaction of all granular materials. b) Concrete compressive strength tests. c) Soil bearing capacity. d) Asphalt. 6. Demolition: Project Conditions Dust Control: To prevent unnecessary spread of dust during performance of exterior demolition work, thoroughly moisten surfaces and debris as required to prevent dust being a nuisance to the public, neighbors and concurrent performance of other work on the site. 1. Materials 1. Materials needed or required for temporary protection in the form of barricades, fences, enclosures, etc., may be "used" construction materials of sound condition and reasonably clean. However, the condition of same materials shall meet or exceed the requirements of governing agencies or approving bodies as may be involved with the work. 2. Equipment, machinery and apparatus, motorized or otherwise, used to perform the demolition work may be used as chosen at the Contractor's discretion, but which 2. Examination 1. Prior to performance of the actual work, carefully inspect the entire site and structures and locate, and verify with the Project Manager, those structures and objects designated to be demolished and removed and those structures and objects to be preserved. 2. Locate existing exposed and buried active utilities and determine the requirement for their protection, or their disposition with respect to the demolition work. 3. Performance 1. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures. 2. Cease operations immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger. Notify the Project Manager and authority having jurisdiction; do not resume operations until directed. 3. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private accesses. Maintain protected egress and access at all times. Page 45 of 82 Page 112 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II 4. Debris Removal 1. Dispose of demolition debris off Site in a lawfully approved landfill area. 5. Abandoned Equipment and Machinery 1. Existing equipment and machinery in or on the structures shall become the property of the Contractor and may not be disposed of on the Site but shall be removed and disposed of in a lawful manner off Site. 6. Concrete and Masonry Removal 1. When removing concrete slabs, the slab must be saw -cut at the limits of removal to assure a smooth, uniform joint with new concrete installation. 2. Removal of all masonry and concrete material must be done, keeping the debris dampened during removal and until outside building. 8. Demolition Requirements 1. Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, and equipment necessary for demolition. The means and methods of performing demolition operations are the sole responsibility of the Contractor; however, equipment used, and methods of demolition shall be subject to the approval of the Project Manager in addition to the directions below. 2. Demolition by hand and demolition by machine: In general when a structure is attached to another that is not being demolished, it shall be demolished by hand. Structure that is completely detached from others not being demolished may be demolished by machine. Under hand methods, the contractor shall be restricted to horizontal operations. Unless approval to the contrary, the demolition shall proceed from top to bottom. Demolition materials shall not be permitted on sidewalks or curbs overnight. Masonry walls shall be demolished in small sections. Walls above the elevation of the first floor shall not be "thrown," but shall be barred loose and demolished piecemeal. No windows or door frames shall be removed until the demolition work has progressed to their elevation in the walls. No swinging balls, blasting or cables shall be permitted. Only those methods of demolition which ensure all phases of the work will be strictly confined within the limits of the designated area shall be approved. Under machine methods, the use of power operated (no swinging balls) wrecking equipment. 3. Contractor must notify the various utility companies when the work is to begin so that gas and electric services may be discontinued and all wires and equipment may be disconnected in accordance with the rules and regulations of the utility companies. 4. All shoring and bracing shall be done by mechanics experienced in this type of work, and shall be installed in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Ministry of Labour. 9. Shoring: Sufficient shoring shall be provided as required. 10. Protection: 1. Exercise care during demolition work to confine demolition operations to the Site. The physical means and methods used for protection are at the Contractor's option. However, the Contractor will be completely responsible for replacement and restitution work of whatever nature at no expense to the Huronia Nurse Practitioner Clinic or the Township of Oro-Medonte. 2. Additionally, if public safety is endangered during the progress of the demolition work, provide adequate protective measures to protect public pedestrian and vehicular traffic. 3. Signs, signals and barricades used shall conform to requirements of Provincial and local laws, rules, regulations, precautions, orders and decrees. 11. Explosives and Blasting: Not permitted in performance of demolition work. Page 46 of 82 Page 113 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC-2013-TO2 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II 03131 ICF WALLS AND LINTELS PART 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.1 ICF walls designed in accordance with the 2006 Ontario Building Code and CAN/CSA A23.3. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 Insulated concrete formwork shall be by Nudura or an approved equal. 2.2 Concrete and rebar to be as per cast -in-place concrete notes and ICF manufacturer's specifications. Nominal maximum coarse aggregate size to be as specified by the manufacturer depending on the thickness of the wall. PART 3 — EXCECUTION 3.1 Contractor is responsible for providing all temporary shoring and bracing during construction. Wall is laterally unsupported prior to the installation of all roof framing and diaphragm. 3.2 Provide wall and lintel reinforcement as noted on plans with additional reinforcement around openings as required by the manufacturer. 3.3 Minimum wall reinforcement to consist of 15m vert. rebar at 16" o/c and 1 Om horizontal rebar at 18" o/c with at least (1) cont. 1 Om rebar within 6" of the top of the wall beneath bearing plates. 3.4 Lintel reinforcement shall extend a minimum of 24" beyond each side of the opening. Additional reinforcement shall consist of (2) 1 Om rebar on each side of opening extending the full height of the concrete pour and (2) 1 Om horizontal rebar beneath the opening extending 24" beyond each side. 3.5 Clear cover to lintel and opening reinforcement to be 2". 3.6 Ensure proper placement and vibration of concrete to allow homogeneous aggregate distribution without segregation. 3.7 Provide adequate splices at construction joints for specified wall reinforcement. 3.8 Specified wall reinforcement shall be placed in the middle of the wall for walls above grade. For walls below grade and supporting lateral earth pressure, reinforcement is to be placed on the tension side of,the wall 1'/" from the interior of the form. 3.9 Two full -height vertical rebar are to be installed at all corners of walls and below each point load unless noted otherwise. 3.10 Termination of concrete pours to occur only at locations of lateral support such as at roof or floor levels. PART 4 — QUALITY CONTROL 4.1 See general notes and specifications. END OF SECTION Page 47 of 82 Page 114 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC- PHASE II 03000 CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.1 APPLICATION 1. Concrete materials and methods of construction: to CAN/CSA-A23.1- 94 unless otherwise specified. 1.2 Inspection 1. 1 Give Engineer minimum 24h notice before each concrete pour. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials 1. Portland cement: to CAN/CSA-A5- 93, Type 10. 2. Welded steel wire fabric: to CSAG30.5- M1983(R1991). 3. All other concrete materials: to CAN/CSA-A23.1-94. 2.2 Mix Proportions 1. Method: Alternative (1) of CAN/CSA-A23.1-94. 2. Cement type: as specified under 2.1. 3. Minimum 28 day compressive strengths and exposure classifications: 4. All other concrete: 25 MPa; C-4. 5. Nominal size of coarse aggregate: Clause14 of CAN/CSA-A23.1- 94. 6. Slump: to Table 6 of CAN/CSA-A23.1- 94. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Finishes 1. Interior floor slabs to be left exposed or to receive epoxy, carpet, sheet vinyl or other covering requiring a smooth surface: initial finishing operations followed by final finishing comprising mechanical floating and steel trowelling as specified in CAN/CSA-A23.1-94 to produce hard, smooth, dense trowelled surface free from blemishes; finishing tolerance classification: Flat. END OF SECTION Page 48 of 82 Page 115 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC-2013-To2 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 1. Supply and install plywood framing. 2. Supply and install wood blocking including rough hardware such as nails, screws, bolts, nuts, washers, clips, toggle bolts, straps and all accessories required to secure casework to the building structure. 3. Supply and install boxed millwork casework. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. All materials, workmanship and equipment to Quality Standards for Architectural Woodwork, 1991, by the Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada (AWMAC), except as specified otherwise. Quality of casework shall not be less than Premium grade unless otherwise specified. 2. Use material thickness, assembly methods, adhesives and fasteners to maintain architectural expression shown, to provide sufficient strength and durability for the intended use and to function properly and to retain specified quality under the environmental conditions designed to prevail at the applicable locations. 3. Examine pertinent conditions for delivery, installation and interfacing with other work; take site measurements to assure that work can be installed and function properly in the designated location. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Submit shop drawings. Shop drawings to be in imperial measurement and in adequate scale to clearly show all conditions of the Work. 2. Coordinate the work of other trades and include the locations of cut outs for services, equipment and fixtures which are installed by others. 3. Shop drawings shall incorporate plans, elevations, sections and details for all counters and cabinetwork. The details shall be completely dimensioned and materials noted. 1.4 COOPERATION 1. Cooperate with other trades and do all cutting, fitting and make provisions necessary for installation of work by other trades. 2. Execute all cutouts for sinks, plumbing trim, electrical wiring, outlets and lights, and other equipment and service lines. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1. Use clean stock only and comply with AWMAC Quality Standards for Premium grade unless otherwise specified. 2. Casework shall conform to Part 2 of AWMAC Quality Standards Manual as applicable 2.2 FABRICATION - GENERAL 1. Verify all dimensions on site before preparation of shop drawings. 2. Coordinate dimensions of casework with equipment supplied by Owner. 3. Fabricate all Work off site as much as possible. 4. For exposed to view components use wood free from any visible defects. Page 49 of 82 Page 116 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 5. Minimize joints by using material of maximum size available from nationally well-known manufacturers or mills. 6. Join pieces intended to appear as one component by adhesive; press carefully selected and machined pieces together to obtain a one-piece appearance. 7. Provide cut-outs for equipment, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes and other fixtures. 8. Set nails and countersink screws, apply stained wood filler to indentations, sand smooth and leave ready to receive finish. 2.3 FINISHING 1. Finishes to be applied in accordance with Part 5, Item 8 of AWMAC Quality Standards. 2. Casework finishes to be shop applied. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine all surfaces onto which work is to be installed prior to start of installation, If not satisfactory, ensure that repairs are carried out before proceeding with Work. 3.2 INSTALLATION - GENERAL 1. Install casework, panelling, trim and hardware in accordance with Part 6 of the AWMAC Quality Standards, Premium grade. 2. Install wood blocking and strapping required for cabinet installation. Permanently attach to studs. Ensure that adequate anchorage and support for work of this section is incorporated in stud partitions. 3. Apply water resistant building paper over wood framing members in contact with masonry or cementitious construction. 4. Install work level, plumb and square, neatly scribed to adjoining surfaces. Accurately make all cut-outs required for installation of sinks, fixtures, taps and fittings. Make joints hairline tight. 5. Obtain Consultant's approval for providing filler pieces between units and adjacent surfaces. Maximum width of such filler pieces, if allowed, is 1/2". 3.3 WORKMANSHIP 1. Scribe and cut as required to fit abutting walls and surfaces, to fit properly into recesses and to accommodate piping, columns, fixtures, outlets, or other projecting, intersecting or penetrating objects. 2. Install trim and interior finished Work in full accordance with details and standard joinery practice of AWMAC and of the same quality grade as the manufactured item being installed. Where items are being installed under this Section which are furnished by other Sections, install to custom grade requirements of AWMAC. 3. Make joints to conceal shrinkage; mitre exterior corners; cope interior corners; mitre or scarf end to end joints. 4. Install trim pieces as long as possible, jointing only where solid support is obtained. Place without splitting wood. 3.5 FASTENING 1. Position items of finished carpentry work accurately, level, plumb, true and fasten or anchor securely. 2. Design and select fasteners to suit size and nature of components being joined. Use proprietary devices as recommended by manufacturer. Page 50 of 82 Page 117 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 3. Set finishing nails to receive filler. 4. Replace items of finished carpentry with damage to wood surfaces including hammer and other bruises. 5. Neatly arrange exposed fastening devices and use only where unavoidable. 6. Provide attachments for wall mounted work of sufficient strength to carry full live load without any adverse effect on the unit and the backing to which it is fastened. END OF THIS SECTION 07200 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1. Work included: Provide building insulation where shown on the Drawings, a specified herein, and as needed for sound attenuation and thermal ratings. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS (Not to be construed as a complete list) 1. Mineral Wool Insulation: Incombustible batts, for steel stud construction. Insulation shall have a minimum "R" value or thickness as noted on plans. Insulation shall meet the requirements for a completed ULC rated assembly and shall bear the CAN/ULC-S702-97 compliance performance reference. Provide mineral wool insulation batts as manufactured by Roxul Inc or approved equal. 2. Sound Insulation Batts: Incombustible batts in thickness as noted. Mineral wool batts with noted ULC rated assembly and shall bear the ASTM Acoustical performance rating ASTM E413. Provide mineral wool batts insulation AFB as manufactured by Roxul Inc or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS 1. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 2. Remove, or protect against, projections in construction framing which may damage or prevent proper insulation. 3.2 INSTALLATION 1. Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the original design, requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and the manufacturer's recommended installation procedures as approved by the Consultant, anchoring all components firmly into position. 3.3 PENETRATIONS: 1. Of exterior skin of building pipes, conduit, ducts, wires and etc., shall be fill tight with expansion foam, fill with final layer of caulking in each side of wall. END OF SECTION Page 51 of 82 Page 118 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 07900 SEALANTS AND CAULKING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK 1. Throughout the Work, seal and caulk joints where shown on the Drawings and elsewhere as required to provide a positive barrier against passage of moisture and passage of air. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEALANTS 1. Provide the following materials manufactured by Tremco Sealants, or equals approved in advance by the Consultant, where indicated and where otherwise required for a complete and proper installation. 2.2 MATERIAL 1. Colours of sealant to be selected by the owner from the range of manufacturer's standard Colours. 2. Primers are to be type recommended by sealant manufacturer. 3. Use sealant(s) as specified for installation condition as recommended by the manufacturer 2.3 OTHER MATERIALS 1. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS 1. Examine the areas and condition under which work of this Section will be performed. Report conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION 1. Concrete and ceramic tile surfaces: 1.Install only on surfaces which are dry, sound, and well brushed, wiping free from dust. 2. At open joints, remove dust by mechanically blown compressed air if so required. 3. To remove oil and grease, use sandblasting or wire brushing. 4. Where surfaces have been treated, remove the surface treatment by sandblasting or wire brushing. 5. Remove laitance and mortar from joint cavities. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF BACKUP MATERIAL 1. When using backup of tube or rod stock, avoid lengthwise stretching of the material. Do not twist or braid hose or rod backup stock. 2. Installation tool: a. For installation of backup material, provide a blunt surfaced tool of wood or plastic, having shoulders designed to ride on the adjacent finished surface and a protrusion of the required dimensions to assure uniform depth of backup material below the sealant. b. Do not, under any circumstances, use a screwdriver or similar tool for this purpose. c. Using the approved tool, smoothly and uniformly place the backup material to the depth indicated on the Drawings or otherwise required, compressing the backup material 25% to 50% and securing a positive fit. Page 52 of 82 Page 119 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 3.4 PRIMING 1. Use only the primer approved by the Architect for the particular installation, applying in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by Architect. 3.5 BOND -BREAKER INSTALLATION 1. Provide an approved bond -breaker where recommended by the manufacturer or the sealant, and where directed by the Architect, adhering strictly to the manufacturer's installation recommendations. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF SEALANTS 1. Prior to start of installation in each joint, verify the joint type according to details on the drawings, or as otherwise directed by the Architect and verify that the required proportion of width of joint to depth of joint has been secured. 2. Equipment: a. Apply sealant under pressure with power -actuated hand gun or manually operated hand gun, or by other appropriate means. b. Use guns with nozzle of proper size, and providing sufficient pressure to completely fill the joints as designed. c. Thoroughly and completely mask joints where the appearance of primer or sealant on adjacent surfaces would be objectionable. d. Install the sealant in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, thoroughly filling joints to the recommended depth. e. Tool joints to the profile shown on the drawings, or as otherwise required if such profiles are not shown on the Drawings. 3. Cleaning Up: a. Remove masking tape immediately after joints have been tooled. b. Clean adjacent surfaces free from sealant as the installation progresses, using solvent or cleaning agent recommended by the manufacturer of the sealant used. c. Upon completion of the work of this section, promptly remove from the job site all debris, empty containers, and surplus material derived from this portion of the Work. END OF SECTION Page 53 of 82 Page 120 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II 08100 WOOD DOORS & FRAMES PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK: 1. Furnish all labour, materials, and equipment necessary to supply all hollow metal doors, door frames, and anchoring accessories as indicated on drawings and specified herein. 1.2 SUBMITTALS 1. Submit shop drawings in quadruplicate (3 prints, 1 sepia) for Consultant's review. Shop drawings to clearly indicate each type of door and frame material, reinforcement, openings, glazing stops, fastenings, and finishes on a door and frame schedule. Clearly identify each unit. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS Steel: To be zinc wipe coated galvanized steel conforming to ASTM #A527 (class designation ZF001) or prime painted cold rolled steel conforming to ASTM #A568. All steel to be commercial grade, and stretcher levelled in thicknesses to meet the following minimum standards. a. Frames to be 16 gauge (1.6 mm) in public areas. b. Door faces to be 18 gauge (1.2 mm) c. Door top and bottom channels to be 18 gauge (1.2 mm) d. Lock and strike reinforcing to be 16 gauge (1.6 mm) e. Hinge reinforcing to be 10 gauge (3.4 mm) f. Flush bolt reinforcing to be 16 gauge (1.6 mm) g. Reinforcing for surfaced hardware to be 12 gauge (2.7 mm) h. Glass stops to be 20 gauge (0.9 mm) i. Anchors to be 16 gauge (1.6 mm) j. Jamb Spreaders to be 18 gauge (1.2 mm)Georgian Wire Glass viewing panels 2.2 FABRICATION 1. Doors: Wood paint grade solid core slabs 2. Exterior Doors: Painted Solid Insulated Steel with GWG Viewing panel 3. Flush with no face seams and 3 mm bevel in 51 mm on door edges. 4. Mortised, reinforced, drilled, and tapped for three templated hinges and a standard cylindrical lock, or blank reinforced for push/pull or rim panic. A. Welded Frames: 1. Used in conjunction with new masonry partitions or in fire -rated drywall partitions for screen units. 2. Either mitred or mechanically jointed and securely welded on the inside of the profile. Fit frames with channel or angle spreaders to ensure proper frame alignment when setting and during construction. 3. Provide an adjustable tee anchor for every 600 mm of jamb length. Provide clip angles or plates for anchoring base of jambs to floor slab. 4. Mortised, reinforced, drilled, and tapped for hinges and strikes. Strike and hinge reinforcing to be protected by metal guard boxes. Page 54 of 82 Page 121 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 5. Where site welding or splicing is required due to size of unit, the location of field joints to be shown on the shop drawings and strictly adhered to. 6. Furnished with three (3) rubber bumpers. 7. Make provisions for glazing as indicated and provide the necessary glazing stops. B. Welding: 1. To conform to CSA W59 - M1984. All exposed welds to be ground flush and smooth. All open joints, depressions and seams to be filled with suitable filler or by continuous brazing or by welding. Finish welds to be ground smooth and uniform. C. Hardware 1. To be supplied and installed by others. Refer to hardware listing to ensure proper door reinforcement and backing to accept installation of hardware items. D. Fire Rated Doors and Frames: 1. Where a fire rating is indicated on the door and frame schedule, the doors, frames, and screens to be constructed as tested and approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada and bearing the appropriate label. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 1. Clean, scrape and remove rust, mill scale, grease or extraneous material from doors and frames following fabrication. Flood coat with air -drying paste filler and sand to eliminate all irregularities. 2. Materials manufactured from cold rolled steel to be phosphatized, and shop coated with a corrosion resistant steel primer. END OF SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: 1. Provide finish hardware required to complete the work as shown on the Drawings, as specified herein. 2. Furnish trim attachments and fastenings, specified or otherwise required, for proper and complete installation. 3. Deliver to the job site those items of finish hardware scheduled to be installed at the job site; and deliver to other points of installation those items of finish hardware scheduled to be factory installed. 4. The hardware supplier shall furnish all finish hardware required for the work and not furnished under another Section. Where specific hardware is not indicated, provide the same hardware required for similar doors elsewhere in the building. 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1. Product data: Within 45 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed. Page 55 of 82 Page 122 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 2. Templates: In a timely manner to assure orderly progress of the Work, deliver templates or physical samples of the approved finish hardware items to pertinent manufacturers of interfacing items such as doors and frames. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Fasteners: 1. Furnish necessary screws, bolts, and other fasteners of suitable size and type to anchor the hardware in position for long life under hard use. 2. Where necessary, furnish fasteners with toggle bolts, expansion shields, sex bolts, and other anchors approved by the Architect, according to the material to which the hardware is to be applied and according to the recommendations of the hardware manufacturer. 3. Provide fasteners which harmonize with the hardware as to finish and material. B. Hinges: 1. Where butts are required to swing 180 degrees, furnish butts of sufficient throw to clear the trim. Provide Stanley Commercial Stainless Steel Hinges with brushed chrome finish. C. Door Stops: 1. Furnish door stops at each door. Provide Stanley 1 3/" da. Dome style stop with Brushed Chrome finish. D. Door Hardware: 1. All hardware must be approved for use as handicapped accessibility is required. 2. The following items are a partial list of items: Door Lockset Dorex TL finishes to match existing. 2.02 KEYING 1. Factory key, masterkey, and grand-masterkey locks and cylinders as directed by Owner and property management. 2. Furnish three keys for each lock, 3. Identification and delivery: As per Owners directions and instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DELIVERIES 1. Stockpile items sufficiently in advance to assure their availability, and make necessary deliveries in a timely manner to assure orderly progress of the total Work. 3.2 COORDINATION 1. Coordinate as necessary with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this Section. 2. Upon completion of the Work, and as a condition of its acceptance, provide the inspection, adjustment as maybe required. END OF SECTION Page 56 of 82 Page 123 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC- PHASE II 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1. Deliver materials in original, unopened containers or bundles stored in a place providing protection from damage and exposure to the elements. 2. Store board on flat, smooth and dry base. 3. Materials as delivered shall bear manufacturer's name, brand name of material and where applicable, CSA classification. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL FURRING 1. Furring Channels: galvanized sheet steel, minimum 0.63 mm (25 gauge, 0.020") thick screw channels, 41 mm x 22 mm (1 1/4" wide x 7/8" deep). 2.2 METAL STUDS 1. Non-loadbearing Channel Stud Framing: to be roll -formed from 25 gauge (0.53 mm base steel thickness) hot dipped galvanized sheet steel into stud depths of 41 mm, 64 mm, 92 mm and 152 mm as required for screw attachment of gypsum board. Flanges to be knurled with edges doubled back. Studs to have knock -out service holes at 460 mm centres. 2.3 GYPSUM BOARD 1. Fire rated gypsum board: CSA A82.27, plain, 12.5 mm (1/2") thick 1200 mm (4-0") wide and maximum practical length, tapered edges, by Domtar Inc. or Westrock Industries. 2.4 WATER 1. Fresh, clean, potable water, free from deleterious matter, acids or alkalis. 2.5 CORNER BEADS AND TRIM 1. Corner beads: 0.63 mm (25 gauge) galvanized steel with perforated flanges; one piece length per location. 2. Casing beads: 200 Series by Canadian Gypsum Company for filling with compound. 3. Reveal Trim: D-300 Drywall Reveal Trim by Bailey Metal Products. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT 1. Joint tape: perforated paper tape 50 mm (2") wide with chamfered edges. Perf-A-Tape by CGC or approved equal. 2. Resin base joint compound to CAN/CSA A82.31 -M91. 3. Joint compound and tape shall be by the same manufacturer as gypsum board. 2.7 DRYWALL FASTENERS 1. Screws: 32 mm (1 1/4") type S, bugle head to CAN/CSA A82.31 -M91. 2.8 ISOLATION STRIP 1. Isolation strip: moisture resistant closed cell neoprene sponge strip, self-adhesive type. Page 57 of 82 Page 124 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Examine the Work of other Sections which is to receive the Work of this Section and report defects. Proceed only when conditions are satisfactory. 2. Do not install gypsum board systems over mechanical or electrical Work which requires inspection and approval until such inspection has been made and the Work approved by the proper authority and the Consultant. Ensure that insulation, if required, has been completed to pipes and other items. 3.2 WALL FURRING 1. Install wall furring for gypsum board wall finishes in accordance with CAN/CSA A82.31 -M91, except where specified otherwise. 2. Frame openings around built-in equipment, cabinets, and access panels. Extend furring into reveals. Check clearances with equipment suppliers. 3. Furr duct shafts, beams, columns, pipes and exposed services where indicated and in finished rooms. 3.3 NON-LOADBEARING LIGHTWEIGHT STEEL FRAMING 1. Align partition tracks at floor and ceiling and secure at 400 mm OC maximum. 2. Place studs vertically at 400 mm OC and not more than 50 mm from abutting walls, and at each side of openings and comers. Position studs in tracks at floor and ceiling. Cross brace steel studs as required to provide rigid installation to manufacturer's instruction. 3. Erect metal studding to the tolerance of 1:1000 and maintain the required dimensions indicated on drawings. 4. Framing and furring shown on drawings are schematic. Do not regard it as exact or complete. Construct work to provide adequate strength to withstand stresses imposed by use without distortion. 5. Attach studs to floor and ceiling tracks using screws or pop rivets. 6. Co-ordinate simultaneous erection of studs with installation of service lines. When erecting studs ensure web openings are aligned. 7. Co-ordinate erection of studs with installation of door/window frames and special supports or anchorage for work specified in other Sections. 8. Provide two studs extending from floor to ceiling at each side of openings wider than stud centres specified. Secure studs together, 50 mm apart using column clips or other approved means of fastening placed alongside frame anchor clips. 9. Erect track at head of door/window openings and sills of sidelight/window openings to accommodate intermediate studs. Secure track to studs at each end, in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. Install intermediate studs above and below openings in same manner and spacing as wall studs. 10. Frame openings around built-in equipment, cabinets, access panels, etc., on four sides. Extend framing into reveals. Check clearances with equipment suppliers. 11. Provide 41 mm stud or furring channel secured between studs for attachment of fixtures behind lavatory basins, toilet and bathroom accessories, and other fixtures including grab bars and towel rails, attached to steel stud partitions. 12. Install steel studs or furring channel between studs for attaching electrical and other boxes. 13. Extend partitions to ceiling height except where noted otherwise on drawings. 14. Maintain clearance under beams and structural slabs to avoid transmission of structural loads to stud. 15. Install continuous insulating strips to isolate studs from uninsulated surfaces. Page 58 of 82 Page 125 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 16. Install two continuous beads of acoustical sealant or insulating strip under tracks around perimeter of sound control partitions. 3.3 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION 1. Apply gypsum wallboard in accordance with requirements of CAN/CSA A82.31 and manufacturers strict specifications. 2. Take all measurements accurately. Cut boards by scoring the face paper, snapping the core of the board and then cutting the back paper. Smooth the cut edges. 3. Erect gypsum board vertically or horizontally whichever results in fewer end joints. Butt joints loosely with maximum gap of 6 mm (1/4"). Do not force boards into position. Place tapered edges next to one another. All end joints shall occur over framing members. 4. Minimize end joints. Joints shall not align with edge of wall openings. 5. Continue gypsum board through the ceiling to the underside of the structure above except where otherwise shown. 6. Install metal frames and access doors supplied by respective Sections. 7. Where cutting and patching is being done to accommodate modifications, fill openings in partitions as required. Restore fire resistance rating of existing assemblies. 8. Patch and fill to ensure smooth, undetectable transition between new and existing Work. Fill openings including above ceilings, around frames, openings created by removal of doors, frames, fixtures, equipment, openings created to accommodate partitions, openings used for access and other such areas. 9. Apply gypsum board to metal or furring framing using screw fasteners. 10. All services passing through fire separations to be tightly fitted and fire stopped with Type F fire rated system as per test method CAN 4-S1 15M. 11. Apply Durabond 90 around electrical boxes. 3.4 CORNER BEADS AND TRIM INSTALLATION 1. Erect accessories straight, plumb or level, rigid and at proper plane. Use full length pieces where practical. Make joints tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured. Mitre and fit corners accurately, free from rough edges. Secure at 150 mm (6" ) o.c. in each flange. Stagger fasteners in each flange. 2. Apply corner beads to all external vertical and horizontal corners and edges. 3. Install reveal trim in locations detailed on Drawings. 4. Install casing bead where gypsum board butts against surfaces having no trim concealing junction and where indicated. 3.5 TAPING AND FILLING 1. Finish face panel joints and internal angles with joint system consisting of joint compound, joint tape and finishing compound installed according to manufacturer's directions and feathered out onto panel faces. 2. Finish corner beads and trim as required with two coats of joint compound and one coat of finishing compound, feathered out onto panel faces. 3. Fill screw head depressions with joint and taping compounds to bring flush with adjacent surface of gypsum board so as to be invisible after surface finish is completed. 4. Sand lightly to remove burred edges and other imperfections. Avoid sanding adjacent surface of board. 5. Completed installation to be smooth, level or plumb, free from waves and other defects and ready for surface finish. Page 59 of 82 Page 126 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 3.6 CLEANING 1. Repair defective work. 2. Protect and clean glass and aluminum during progress of work. 3. Clean and remove excess material from other finished surfaces. 4. Dispose gypsum wallboard waste separately in accordance with governing bylaws. END OF SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 COLOUR SCHEDULE 1. Paint colours shall be in accordance with the colour schedule in the drawings and as approved by the Owners. 2. Before any work is commenced; the Consultant will furnish three sets of colour cards and a schedule showing where the various colours and finishes shall be applied. 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1. Store materials in a single place. Keep storage clean and tidy. 2. Accept only paint and finishing materials and products delivered to the site in the manufacturer's unbroken, sealed containers, with manufacturer's label indicating type of paint,colour and instructions for reducing. 3. Store packaged materials undamaged in their original wrappings or containers with manufacturer's labels and seals intact. 4. Store only approved materials at job site and store only in a suitable and designated area restricted to the storage of paint related materials and equipment. Keep stored materials covered at all times and take all necessary precautions against freezing and against fire as required by Construction Safety Act and local by-laws. 1.3 PROTECTION 1. Keep waste rags in metal drums containing water and remove from building at end of each work day or shift as required. 2. Provide metal pans, tarpaulins or other suitable coverings to protect floors and walls in areas assigned for storage and mixing of paints. 3. Use all means necessary to protect paint materials before, during and after application to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. 4. Remove all electrical plates, surface hardware, fittings and fastenings, prior to painting operations. These items shall be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced on completion of work in each area. No solvent shall be used to clean hardware that will remove the permanent lacquer finish on some of these items. 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 1. Do not paint at temperatures below 10oC, nor surfaces where condensation has or will form due to presence of high humidity and lack of proper ventilation. 2. Provide adequate controlled ventilation, heat and light during application and drying period of interior work. 3. Proceed with work only when surfaces and conditions are satisfactory for production of a first class job. 4. Do not apply paint finish in areas which are not cleaned and where dust is being generated. Page 60 of 82 Page 127 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC-2013-TO2 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1.5 WORK NOT IN THIS CONTRACT 1. Do not paint aluminum, copper, stainless steel, chrome, plastic laminate, porcelain enamel, plastic faced blocks, equipment name or specifications plates, washroom fixtures, or fire labels on rated doors, frames, etc. unless specifically requested. 2. Do not paint door hardware or sprinkler heads. 3. In all cases of doubt, whether a surface is to be painted or not, consult with the Consultant for final decision. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1. Paint and finishing materials shall be approved grade first line quality of paint manufacturer. 2. Paint colours: to be selected by Consultant. 3. Paint materials for each coating formulae to be products of a single manufacturer. 4. Painting equipment, thinners, cleaners, etc.: suitable types for purpose intended as recommended by paint manufacturer. 2.2 MIXING 1. Paints shall be ready -mixed unless otherwise specified, except that any coating in paste or powder form, shall be field -mixed in accordance with the directions of its manufacturer. Pigments shall be full ground and shall maintain a soft past consistency in the vehicle during storage that can and shall be dispersed readily and uniformly by paddle to a complete homogeneous mixture. 2. The paint shall have good flowing and brushing properties and shall dry or cure free of sags, etc. to yield the desired finish specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 1. Prior to commencement of work of this section, thoroughly examine all surfaces schedule to be painted. 2. Report in writing to the Consultant any condition adversely affecting this work. 3. No painting work shall proceed until all such defects have been corrected and surfaces are acceptable to the Painting Inspector. 3.2 PREPARATION 1. Clean floors and adjacent surfaces before commencing painting. Vacuum clean wherever. Ensure that surfaces to be finished are free from machine, tool or sandpaper marks and free from dust, grease, oil or any other deleterious matter which may be detrimental to a satisfactory and acceptable finish. 2. Use sufficient drop cloth and protective covering for full protection of floors, furnishing, equipment, and work not being painted. 3. Employ only qualified tradesmen to remove: finish hardware, electric plates, light fixtures, grilles and other similar accessories; mask any which are not removable. Reinstall them when paint is dry and clean them. Do not clean hardware with solvent which will remove permanent lacquer finish. 4. Test all cementitious surface substrates for moisture content before commencing painting. Do not apply paint to surfaces when moisture content exceeds 15%. Page 61 of 82 Page 128 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 5. Where necessary, fill nail holes, screw holes and other similar defects with non -shrink filler. Tint filler to match stains for stained woodwork. Wipe excess filler from surfaces before filler has set. 6. Ensure that foreign matter left on surfaces by other trades is properly removed by the trades concerned before commencing painting. 7. Test and ensure that all hop dip galvanized steel surfaces, which are to be painted, have not been treated with passivating agents. Where such surfaces have been treated with passivating agents prepare surfaces by sand blasting or by other methods approved in writing by paint manufacturer. 8. Wood: Sand smooth, removing all tool marks, and dust clean. Apply one coat of aluminum primer to all knots and sap streaks, on wood if to be painted or one coat of white shellac if to be stained and varnished. Putty nail holes, cracks and defects only after the correct priming coat is dry. Find sanding and dusting to be carried out between coats. 9. Drywall: Inspect to ensure properly filled joints, sand smooth. Fill small nicks or holes with patching compound and sand smooth. 10. Concrete, Masonry: Surfaces shall be clean, free from all contamination. Scrape off all mortar nibs and cement spatter. Remove form oil by washing with Xylol. Remove efflorescence by brushing and washing with a dilute solution of muriatic acid - 1 part commercial muriatic acid to 20 parts water by volume - followed by complete rinsing with clean water. Remove mildew by the application of one part sodium hypochloride (Javex) to three parts water. If dirt is also in evidence, add 0.2 kg trisodium phosphate to 4.5 L of the above solution. Scrub surface well and follow with a thorough clean water rinse. 11. Ferrous metals: Remove all rust and mill scale to the approval of the General Contractor and paint manufacturer using the bet method to reach this end (sandblasting, needle -gun, chipping, power or hand wire brushing). Weld flux shall be power tool cleaned and washed with water to remove alkali contaminants. 12. Shop coated steel or iron: Remove oil or grease contamination by solvent washing. Touch up abraded areas with rust inhibiting primer similar to that used for shop coating. 13. Galvanized steel: Cleaned and painted in accordance with CGSB 85 -GP -16M. 3.3 APPLICATION 1. Arrange to have traffic barred from completed areas wherever possible. 2. Apply paint evenly, under adequate illumination, free from sags, runs, holidays, crawls and other defects. 3. Apply by brush, roller or spray. 4. Apply each coat of paint at proper consistency as received from container and brush out well to show a minimum of brush marks. 5. Do not exceed average rate of coverage recommended by paint manufacturer. Minimum dry film thickness per coat shall not be less than that recommended by manufacturer. 6. Sand and dust between each coat to remove defects visible from distance up to 5 ft.. 7. Finish bottoms, edges, tops and cutouts of doors after fitting as specified for door surfaces. 8. Finish tops of projecting ledges and inside of light coves, both above and below sight lines as specified for surrounding surfaces. 9. Finish closets and alcoves as specified for adjoining rooms. 10. Spot touch-ups to be invisible from a distance of 5 ft. 11. Ensure each coat of paint is dry before applying following coat. Minimum drying time shall not be less than that recommended by paint manufacturer. 12. When primer -sealer coat is dry, touch-up all visible hot spots or suction spots to ensure that they are sealed, before applying finish coat(s). 13. Finished work shall be uniform as to sheen, gloss, colour and texture. Page 62 of 82 Page 129 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC - PHASE II 14. Except for copper piping and fittings, do not paint copper, bronze, brass, chromium plate, nickel, stainless steel, aluminum and pre -finished metals and materials, unless otherwise specified. 15. Apply sealer and prime coat on walls to receive mirrors before installation of mirrors. 16. Interior woodwork which is to receive a paint or enamel finish shall be back -primed upon arrival at the job site with enamel undercoating paint. 17. Stain, or gloss varnish reduce as per manufacturer's directions. 3.4 SCHEDULE OF WORK 1. Finish all surfaces exposed to view and without final finish by manufacturer/installer, unless specified otherwise. 2. Finish wall surfaces partially finished with other finishing materials such as ceramic tile. 3. Finish all exposed wood and ferrous metal; including in rooms without any finish. 4. Paint exposed conduits, pipes, hangers and other mechanical and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas. Colour and texture to match adjacent surfaces, except as noted otherwise. 5. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for equipment before installation: Leave equipment in original finish except for touch-up as required. 6. Paint grilles, covers and access panels for mechanical and electrical systems, if these items are not factory finished. Paint work to match adjacent walls and ceilings, unless directed otherwise. Ensure moving parts are operable and that access hatches open readily without causing damage to paint. 3.5 INTERIOR FINISHES 1. Concrete block: a. coat block filler CGSB 1.188 M90. b. coats alkyd enamel CGSB 1.57 M90, low lustre. 2. Gypsum board walls and ceilings: a. coat primer -sealer CGSB 1.119-M89. b. coats latex enamel eggshell (low lustre) CGSB 1.209-93. 3. Primed ferrous metals, including piping, etc.: a. coat primer CGSB 1 -GP -48M, touch up. b. coats alkyd enamel CGSB 1.57-M90. 4. Wood to be painted: a. coat enamel undercoat 1-GP-57Ma. b. coats alkyd enamel 1 -GP -57M semi -gloss. 5. Wood to have natural finish: a. coats clear polyurethane satin 1 -GP -175M. 3.6 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK 1. Refer to Division 15, Mechanical and Division 16, Electrical, for extent of painting work to be done under those Divisions. 2. Except where specified under work of other Sections, identify each piece of equipment with stenciled letters in colours contrasting with colours of equipment. Apply to each piece of equipment the name, floor service, and system number, as directed by Consultant. 3. Keep sprinkler heads free of paint. Paint spattered or coated sprinkler heads will require replacement with all costs, to the account of this Section. 4. Replace identification markings on mechanical and electrical work when markings are painted over or are splattered. Page 63 of 82 Page 130 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 3.7 CLEAN-UP 1. On completion of all work, storage room or area must be left thoroughly clean, free from all paint splatter, soiling of concrete, etc., with all rubbish and tools removed. 2. Clean off any paint spotting or blemishes from work not intended to receive painting treatment and leave work in original condition. 3. Entirely reinstate, at this Section's own expense, any surface not to be painted, but soiled and attributable to this Section due to spillage, mixing of material or any other cause. END OF SECTION 09680 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED .1 Install direct glue down vinyl composite floor tile, including metal thresholds, in areas designated on the Room Finish Schedule and as required. 1.2 PROTECTION .1 Install flooring in areas after paint trade has complete their work. 1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 1. Air temperature and subfloor temperature shall be minimum 10oC and shall be maintained for minimum 72 hour prior to and during installation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 VCT 1. Carpet: to match existing patern, colour and size 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 1. Latex Crack Filler: Compatible with adhesive and recommended by carpet manufacturer. 2. Edge Binding: Recommended by carpet manufacturer for the carpet specified and subject to review. 3. Adhesive: to manufacturer's written specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WORKMANSHIP 1. Install flooring after finishing work is completed. 2. Finish installation to present smooth wearing surface free from conspicuous seams, burring and other faults. 3. Use material from same dye lot and ensure colour, pattern and texture match within any one area. 3.2 PREPARATION 1. Prepare floor surfaces for direct glue down application, and manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Area of Work shall be dry with other work generally completed in acceptable manner. Do not commence work in areas where concrete, masonry or plaster is not thoroughly dry. 3. Remove grease, and foreign matter from substrate by cleaning and scraping as necessary, and thoroughly clean with a commercial vacuum cleaner. Page 64 of 82 Page 131 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 3.3 CLEANING 1. On completion of the installation, remove all dirt, scraps, etc. from the surface of the flooring. 2. Clean the flooring and seal in accordance with manufacturers specifications. Remove soiled spots or excessive adhesive on the flooring with a proper spot remover. 3. Install a protective covering over flooring. END OF SECTION 10000 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1. Work included: Provide miscellaneous items where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 2. Related work Specified in other sections: a. Framing to receive items. b. Utility requirements per mfg. recommendations. c. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1. Comply with pertinent provisions of General Conditions. 2. Product data: Within 45 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: a. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; b. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; c. Dimensioned drawings as needed to depict the space required for these items, and their interface with the work of other trades. d. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING 1. Comply with pertinent provisions of General Conditions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 BARRIER FREE EXAMINATION TABLE 222/223: 1. Electric power assist barrier free examination table —see attachments. PART 3 — EXECUTION Not applicable END OF SECTION Page 65 of 82 Page 132 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 15000 MECHANICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General: 1. The Work of this Contract shall furnish and install all Products as specified herein or as indicated on the drawings and as required to provide a complete, properly functioning, mechanical system installation set for the intended use. 2. Specifications and drawings form an integral part of the Contract Documents. Any subject of item omitted from one but which is mentioned or reasonable implied in the other, shall be considered as properly and sufficiently specified and shall be included as part of the work. 3. Where specified in the Architectural specification, all work shall be scheduled to meet the required building completion date. This Contractor shall make all allowances for overtime costs in the tender price. 4. Mechanical drawings are not to be scaled. Refer to Architectural Drawings for all dimensions. 5. The general instructions of Division 1 are common to all trades. Comply with the General Instructions, Supplementary General Conditions, Bid Forms, Instructions to Bidders, etc. 6. Include Provincial Sales Tax. Identify separately on the tender form the amount of GST to be added to the tender price. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK: 1. Furnish and install all material and equipment as specified and/or shown on the drawings/specification and provide all labour and services for the satisfactory, cost effective, and timely completion of the work. Supply any appurtenant fittings or materials not herein listed necessary for the proper operation of the systems. All of the materials required for the performance of the work shall be new, the best of their respective kinds and installed in a good and workmanlike manner. 2. All fees required for completion of the mechanical work shall be paid as follows: 3. All fees for the building gas service complete with meters shall be paid by the Owner directly to the local utility. 4. All fees required for the inspection of the mechanical systems by the local authorities shall be included in the tender price. 5. All fees required for the approval and inspection of the sprinkler system shall be included in the tender price except that all fees required for the review of the system by the insurance underwriters shall be paid by the Owner directly to the underwriter. 6. Any required building permit complete with all associated fees shall be by the General Contractor. 7. The price submitted for this contract shall be based on the use of materials and equipment specified without alteration or substitution except where products are described by the manufacturer's name followed by 'or equal'. Where the 'or equal' designation is used, the tender price may be based on alternate manufacturers provided all specifications contained herein are satisfied. The Consultant shall be the sole judge of what is acceptable equal quality. Alternate manufacturers shall not be used in the tender price for products designated as 'Base Bid'. Page 66 of 82 Page 133 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 8. With the tender price, each Contractor may submit an alternative price based on a change in design and/or changes to the'base bid' products. Indicate clearly the alternative and price reduction or addition. 9. The above will be evaluated by the Consultant. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing revised design drawings (if directed by the Consultant) and shall pay for all costs required to accommodate the revised equipment / systems and for all costs incurred by other trades. The Contractor shall ensure that all alternative equipment meets the mechanical specifications and is similar in dimensions, stability, quality, weight, ease of maintenance, performance, etc. Alternative systems or materials installed without the Consultants written approval will be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. It shall be clearly understood that if no alternatives are indicated for'base bid' products at the time of bidding, the 'base bid' item shall be supplied. 10. "Provide" means to supply and install the products and services specified. 11. All mechanical work shall be in accordance with the regulations of the OBC, CGA, NFPA, CSA, Ontario Fire Code, Ontario Electrical Code, all Municipal regulations and only authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to carefully review the drawings, specifications and other Instructions and notify the Consultant in writing of any errors, omissions and discrepancies prior to closing of tenders. The Contractor shall abide by the decision given in writing. The work as shown is intended to be completed in all respects and that failure to notify the Consultant of any discrepancies will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for completing the work as intended. In no case shall the Contractor proceed in uncertainty. 2. Examine all Sections and Divisions of the specifications and all other related contract documents. This specification is to be read in conjunction with all other Sections and Divisions of the specifications. In the event of conflict between documents, this specification shall govern. 3. Unless exceptions are specifically noted at the time of tender, the submission of a Tender confirms that the Contractor has accepted all specifications, drawings, contract documents and conditions without qualification. The Owner may not approve any extra charges subsequent to acceptance of the Tender. 1.4 INTENT: 1. Provide all tools, instruments, equipment and labour required to do the work. 2. The contract documents are not intended to enumerate each and every detail that may be necessary to furnish and install the complete system connected, and ready for service operation. The tender price shall include all such details, and all associated labour and materials, to provide a complete and working system. The omission of any details in the contract documents shall not be a warrant for the installation of poor workmanship or materials, or the omission of such details. 3. Where the drawings or specifications assign Work to a particular trade, it is the intent that this be used as a guide only to assist the Contractor with the preparation of the tender price. The final decision as to which trade provides required labour or materials rests solely with the Contractor. Extra payments will not be considered based on a difference in interpretation of the contract documents as to which trade involved provides materials or labour for specific items of work. The Consultant will not enter into such discussions. Page 67 of 82 Page 134 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 4. Wherever differences occur in the contract documents, the maximum conditions will govern and shall be allowed for in the tender price. The items to be incorporated will be at the option of the Consultant. 1.5 INSURANCE: 1. Comply with the Architectural specification and Section GC 11.1 of CCDC 2-1994. 1.6 INDEMNIFICATION CLAIMS: 1. Comply with Section GC 12.1 of CCDC 2-1994. 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. This Contractor shall forward shop drawings (six copies) of equipment and accessories (including rooftop units, water heaters, exhaust fan, etc.), plumbing fixtures, plumbing specialties, sprinkler system (Including piping layouts, calculations, sprinklers, valves, electrically supervised valves, etc.), fire stopping systems and thermostats for approval. 1.8 RECORD DRAWINGS: 1. Obtain and pay for two sets of blueprints, forjob use only, on which to record accurately all deviations from the contract drawings, At all times have these prints available far inspection at the site. At the completion of the project, these plans shall be converted to electronic AutoCAD (latest release) Drawing format. Electronic base plans shall be provided from the Consultant to no cost. 2. Take special care to indicate buried drains, inverts (shown at main reference points) and dimensioned distances from visible reference points such as walls or columns. 3. Submit to the Consultant for approval one complete set of drawings (hard copy) at project completion. The approved record drawings shall then be submitted to the Owner in both hard copy (two sets) and Electronic format. 1.9 IDENTIFICATION: 1. Identification plates shall be engraved two-ply plastic, 0.125" (3mm) thick, 0.5" (12mm) high with 3/8" (10mm) white characters on black background and length as required. Allow an average of 25 letters per nameplate. Locate in a conspicuous location and secure at equipment with self -tapping sheet metal screws or at walls with double sided adhesive tape. All screws used outside shall be stainless steel. Plates shall bear type of equipment and number and shall be consistent with the identification system provided by the Electrical Contractor. The Electrical Contractor shall identify all starters. Wording on Nameplates shall be approved by the Consultant prior to manufacture. 2. Identification of mechanical systems shall be as follows: 3. Identify rooftop units as'ROOFTOP AC-_', 4. For sprinkler system identification requirements, refer to'FIRE PROTECTION —SPRINKLER SYSTEM'. 1.10 MAINTENANCE & OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: 1. Provide three copies of manufacturers maintenance data and operating instructions for all equipment and controls in indexed three ring hard cover binders. Include all shop drawings, permits, approvals, wiring diagrams, letter of guarantee and certificates in this manual. All data shall be neatly typewritten. 2. The Contractor shall instruct the Owner on site to the full satisfaction of the Consultant on the operation and maintenance of all mechanical systems. Page 68 of 82 Page 135 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II 1.11 CUTTING & PATCHING: 1. This Contractor is to allow for cutting and patching pertaining to the mechanical systems installation. 2. Unless noted otherwise. This shall include all cutting and patching of roofs, partition walls, ceilings, and floors and outside walls. All cutting and patching shall be performed by workers specialized in this type of work and capable of performing to good commercial standards. 3. All patching shall be done so as to maintain any fire separations, sound transmission class ratings, vapor retarded performance, insulation values, etc. 1.12 CLEANING: 1. At the completion of each day's work and at project completion, remove from the area of work all dirt, rubbish, surplus material and equipment associated with the mechanical systems installation and not required in the finished work. All equipment, fixtures, ductwork, building finishes, building contents, piping, etc. soiled by/during the mechanical systems installation shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Consultant at job completion. 2. At project completion, replace all air filters, which have been soiled by the construction process. 1.13 PROTECTION: 1. This Contractor shall provide adequate protection of work previously completed, including work of others. 2. This Contractor will be responsible for restoring any damaged materials. 1.14 SLEEVES: 1. Provide sleeves for piping as follows: 2. For all penetrations of poured concrete structures. Sleeves are not required provided the mechanical Contractor cuts all required openings after the concrete installation and 3. Provided all openings comply with the firestop manufacturers requirements. 4. For all copper pipe penetrations of masonry and poured concrete structures where required to prevent direct contact of the masonry/poured concrete with the copper piping. Sleeves are not required provided that direct contact of copper and masonry / Poured concrete is prevented and provided the openings comply with the firestop Manufacturers requirements. 5. Sleeves shall be schedule 40 steel. Plastic pipe sleeves may be used in poured concrete structures provided openings can be provided which comply with the requirements of the firestop manufacturer and the local authority. 6. Sleeves shall be sized large enough to allow for any lateral movement of piping due to expansion/contraction, pipe insulation, fire stopping and sound packing. 1.15 FIRE STOPPING: 1. Firestopping shall be Pro Set Systems or approved equal fire stop sealant/devices of a type to suit piping, building construction, opening size, etc. Install according to manufacturer's detailed installation instructions. NOTE: refer to manufacturers detailed installation drawings and provide shop drawings of all fire stop systems prior to application of fire stopping. Shop drawings shall show approvals of all governing agencies. 2. All fire stop systems shall meet the Fand T ratings of the wall construction in which they are installed. All systems shall be identified with appropriate SP numbers. 1.16 DISSIMILAR METALS: 1. Provide di -electric fittings where dissimilar metals are in contact. Where supporting copper pipe, isolate pipe from hanger with electrolytic action tape or equivalent or use Page 69 of 82 Page 136 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II copper/plastic coated supports. Direct contact between copper piping and concrete or masonry construction will not be permitted. 1.17 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. Install equipment and services neatly following building lines and in such manner as to permit free use of space and maximum headroom. Install all equipment and apparatus to allow free access for maintenance, adjustment and eventual replacement. Install all products and services in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and/or recommendations. 2. Provide all supports, hangers and fasteners unless noted otherwise. Secure all products and services so as not to impose undue stresses on the structure and systems, cap and seal all open ends of installed ductwork/piping to prevent entrance of foreign matter, do not install piping in a location or manner which might result in freezing. Layout and install piping, valves, fittings, cleanouts, etc. in conveniently accessible spaces to facilitate easy maintenance. All exposed piping shall present a neat appearance and be located parallel to and centered between building structure, lights, etc. 3. Support of piping, equipment, etc, from the roof deck will not be permitted except as otherwise noted. 1.18 INSPECTION CERTIFICATION AND REVIEW: 1. Attend promptly to any deficiencies reported. Request final review when the completed installation has been checked and all deficiencies have been rectified. 2. Obtain certificates of approval, acceptance and compliance with rules and regulations for authorities having jurisdiction. The work will not be considered complete until such certificates have been delivered to the Owner. 1.19 GUARANTEE: 1. This Contractor shall guarantee his equipment and systems for a period of one year from date of issue of the 'Substantial Performance' certificate. Include the extended guarantees as outlined in the various sections of this specification. Guarantee shall include all costs including material and labour, and any necessary cutting, patching and making good including finishes, necessitated by these operations. 1.20 FLASHINGS: 1. All flashings and counter flashings required for mechanical systems shall be supplied and installed by the General Contractor. 1.21 THERMAL INSULATION Pipe Insulation: 1. Insulation for piping, fittings, etc. to be Owens-Corning Fiberglass SSL -II pipe insulation or equal with a factory applied kraft reinforced foil vapour retarder jacket and double adhesive longitudinal jacket lap seal having a positive two component butt strip seal. Jackets shall be non-combustible with flame spread and smoke developed ratings of 25 and 50 respectively or less. Install according to manufacturer's recommendations and tope all joints. Insulation thicknesses shall be as follows: 1. Cold & Hot Water: 0.5" (13mm) pipe insulation. Insulate the first 8'-0" (2.44m) of hot water piping from domestic water heaters and all cold water piping between the heat trap and the heater with 1" (25mm) insulation rather than the 0.5" (25mm) insulation as specified. Page 70 of 82 Page 137 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II PLUMBING 1.1 PIPE ESCUTCHEONS: 1. Provide proper chrome plated steel escutcheon plates for exposed uninsulated piping penetrating walls except where openings around piping have been filled to the approval of the Consultant. Pipe escutcheons shall be one-piece type with setscrews for installation at plumbing fixtures. Elsewhere use chrome plated slit type with substantial hinges, positive latches and setscrews. Size plates so that they are tight against the wall; outside diameter to cover opening or sleeve and inside size to fit around finished pipe. 1.2 SUPPORTS: 1. All pipe and equipment supports shall be Grinnell or approved equal of spacing and type as recommended by manufacturer and to Ontario Building Code and Ontario Gas Code requirements as applicable. 1.3 PLUMBING FIXTURES: 1. All new plumbing fixtures to match existing make and models. Ensure compliance with barrier free requirements where applicable. Trim to match existing. 1.4 WATER PIPING: 1. Above Ground: 3/4" (19mm) and under: type "L" hard copper tubing with sweat wrought copper pressure type solder joint fittings. 1.5 CONNECTIONS: 1. Lead-free solder for Type L copper. For ductile iron piping, provide bonding straps to maintain electrical continuity for push -an joints. All joint lubricants shall be supplied by the pipe manufacturer. 1.6 SANITARY AND STORM CLEANOUTS: 1. Zurn or approved equal of the following types (Contractor to choose applicable type): At the base of each rainwater leader, provide Z-1445 with epoxy coated cost iron body and gas and watertight ABS tapered thread plug. Alternatively, provide compatible cleanout fittings as manufactured by the pipe manufacturer. 1.7 PIPING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. Piping shall be installed according to good commercial standards and approximately as follows: All piping running down to fixtures shall run concealed in wall construction unless noted otherwise on the drawings. 2. Use compression joints or unions in sufficient quantities to facilitate removal of valves, equipment, etc. without removal of long lengths of pipe. 3. Install eccentric reducers in horizontal piping to permit drainage and eliminate air pockets. 4. Where pipe sizes differ from connection sizes of equipment, install reducing fittings close to equipment. Reducing bushings are not permitted. 5. Cut ends of pipes square, ream clean scale and dirt and assemble without binding. 6. Run buried drains minimum 8" (200 mm) clear below bottom of concrete slab unless not permitted by invert of building drain. 7. Buried pipelines laid straight and in true alignment to the slopes of the pipe, as indicated on the drawings and/or as directed. 8. Install piping free from strains and with proper allowance and offsets for thermal expansion and contraction. Page 71 of 82 Page 138 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 9. For exterior piping, provide thrust blocks at changes in direction (vertically or horizontally) of underground water mains as per OPSD-1103.01 and .02 (all concrete by the Mechanical Contractor). The water service rising into the building shall be anchored using steel rods running from the concrete thrust block to the flange located immediately above the finished floor. 10. The installation of the complete incoming fire protection water service, including all anchoring devices, shall comply with NFPA 13 and NFPA 20 requirements. 11. Pipe bedding for PVC pipes shall be Class "B" as per OPSD-11 02.01. 12. Piping shall be graded as follows: a. Water Piping: Minimum 1/20" perfoot (0.43mm/100mm) length. Insure all piping can be drained. b. Sanitary drains: Minimum slopes as required by Code or as otherwise noted on the drawings. c. Storm drains: Minimum 1%. d. Piping Subject To Freezing: Keep all sanitary, storm and water piping clear of outside walls. e. This Contractor shall repair piping damaged from freezing at no expense to the Owner. - Outside piping shall have the following minimum cover measured to the top of the pipe: f. Sanitary: 3'-0'(0.91 m) g. Storm: 4'-0 "(1.22 m) h. Water: 6'-0" (1.83 m) 1.8 TESTING & INSPECTION: 1. Test drainage, vent and domestic water piping to Plumbing Code requirements. Test natural gas piping systems to Gas Code requirements. Repair all leaks to the inspection authority and/or the Consultant's approval. All leaks shall be repaired by remaking the joint. After piping systems have been tested and repaired, repeat tests. 2. Clean and sterilize piping according to Code requirements and to the approval of the local authority. During flushing and cleaning maintain all isolating and control valves in the open position. 1.9 VALVES: 1. Isolation Valves (Domestic Water): 1.10 DRAIN VALVES: 1. Locate at low points of system. Provide hose end. Page 72 of 82 Page 139 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 1. Ductwork: Existing ductwork to be altered to provide fire dampers at the demising fire rated separation between the OPP Station area and the Nursing Station Areas as shown on the plans. Make good all trades and finishes. 2. Provide access for fire damper inspection. END OF SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 1. The General Conditions and Instructions to bidders as set forth in the general contract specifications and all addenda thereto shall apply to, and govern all portions of the electrical work. 2. Items not specifically covered shall be in strict accordance with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code and regulations of the Electrical Inspection Department from which the permit is obtained, latest revisions and/or amendments thereof. All applicable date restrictions shall also govern work on this contract. 3. It is the intent of these specifications to furnish and install all materials and equipment as described, and/or indicated on the drawings in a manner such as to leave each of the systems of the electrical trades complete and in satisfactory operating condition. Provide all products and methods specified or shown complete with incidentals necessary for a complete operating installation. The contract documents are not intended to describe each and every detail which may be necessary to furnish and install the complete system connected ready for service. The tender price shall include all such details, and all associated labour and materials, to provide a complete and working system. The omission of any details in the contract documents shall not be a warrant for the installation of poor workmanship or materials, or the omission of such details. The scope of the work to be performed by the Contractors shall be obtained by a careful examination of these specifications and all electrical drawings and using relevant codes. 4. These specifications are to be considered as an integral portion of the plans which accompany them. neither the plans nor the specifications shall be used alone. Any item or subject omitted from one but is mentioned or reasonably implied in the other shall be considered as properly and sufficiently specified and must therefore be provided by this Contractor. Misinterpretation of either the plans or the specifications shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility. 5. The Electrical Contractor shall be held responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work bearing upon his trade. 6. The Electrical Contractor must make note of any inaccuracies or inconsistencies in the drawings and/or specifications and bring these to the attention of the Electrical Engineer and/or Project Coordinator prior to the close of tenders. Page 73 of 82 Page 140 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC-2013-To2 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1.2 CODES AND PERMITS 1. All work shall comply with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (latest version thereof, including all bulletins and amendments) and all local and municipal codes and Government agencies having jurisdiction. 2. It is understood that the Contractor has examined and checked all drawings and specifications with the local authorities and the equipment and materials supplied by the Contractor shall have the approval of CSA, ULC and any other authority having jurisdiction. 3. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all necessary permits and inspection fees as may be required by the public administrative authorities having jurisdiction. Any changes or alterations required by an authorized inspector shall be rectified by the Electrical Contractor without charge to the Owner. 1.3 STANDARDS OF WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS 1. All materials supplied by the Contractor shall be new and of the quality specified. All such materials shall be certified by CSA or other organization approved by the Electrical Safety Authority. For any materials not so certified, this Contractor shall obtain special approval of the local Inspection Authority and shall bear all inspection charges levied and any modification cost required. 2. Quality Assurance & Regulatory Agencies: a. All materials, installations supplied and performed by this Contractor shall be new and meet the standards of quality as specified herein: b. Canadian Standards Association -CSA. c. Ontario Building Code -OBC. d. Local Fire Codes e. Ontario Electrical Safety Code f. Local Electrical Inspection Department g. Local Hydro Standards and Requirements 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S SHOP 1. Each Sub -Contractor shall provide his own office, workshop, tools and materials storage as required, and be responsible for any loss or damage thereto. 1.5 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR COORDINATION RESPONSIBILITY 1. The electrical contractor shall be responsible for correcting all work completed contrary to the intent of the drawings and specifications and shall bear all costs for same. Where the intent of the documents is not clear he shall obtain the clarification of the Engineer before proceeding with the work. 2. Where any equipment supplied by the electrical contractor must be built-in with work of the other Contractors, this Contractor shall be responsible for the supply of the equipment to be built-in or measurements to allow necessary openings so as not to impede the work. 3. The electrical contractor, in the performance of his work, shall make reference to Architectural, Structural and Mechanical drawings. He shall consult with the respective trades in setting locations for conduit runs, lighting fixtures, panel assemblies, etc. so that conflicts are avoided and symmetrical, even spacings are maintained to obtain architectural intent. 4. Do not scale drawings for installation purposes. Obtain all dimensions from Architectural plans, manufacturers Shop Drawings, and on-site inspections. prior to bid submittal the contractor shall acquaint himself with the proposed work site to ascertain all existing Page 74 of 82 Page 141 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC - PHASE II conditions affecting the work. No extras will be allowed for work necessitated by conditions ordinarily evident on the site. 5. Outlets located in fire separations shall not be closer than 1"-0", (300mm) apart to maintain the integrity of the separation. 6. Switch and receptacle mounting heights shall be coordinated with Architectural details and shall be adjusted, if required to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer at no additional cost. 7. Where outlets occur in exterior walls, the electrical contractor shall ensure there is insulation and a vapour barrier behind the outlet box to prevent condensation through the boxes. 8. Installation of conduits, outlets and equipment in mechanical rooms shall not proceed until the installation of mechanical equipment is far enough progressed to avoid conflicts. Position of electrical equipment and outlets shall be adjusted in these areas to coordinate with mechanical equipment. 1.6 FIRESTOPPING 1. Firestopping shall be 3M or approved equal fire stop sealant / devices of a type to suit piping, building construction, opening size, etc. Supply and install according to manufacturers detailed installation instructions. 2. Submit two sets of shop drawings indicating the Firestopping systems to be used at all conduit and wiring penetrations of fire rated building assemblies. The shop drawings shall include certified drawings prepared by the fire stop manufacturer which are applicable to the application. These drawings shall indicate all certifications, wall / floor construction details, pipe size / material details, SP numbers, F and T ratings, etc. and they shall be keyed to floor plan layouts indicating the location of each firestopping application. 1.7 PREPARATION 1. Cutting and Patching: Each Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting and patching of any building assemblies made by the installation of his work except in such instances as may be otherwise assigned by the specifications or shown on the drawings to the satisfaction of the Consultant. 2. This Contractor shall provide all sleeves, inserts, hangers, flashings, back boxes, tubs, junction boxes, etc. required for the completion of his work. Locations shall be coordinated with the respective subtrade into whose materials they are being installed. Roof sleeves shall be complete with roof flashing and rain shields. 3. Structural members shall not be cut without the consent of the Engineer and/or Structural Engineers on the site. For all necessary cutting, channelling, core drilling, sleeving etc., the Electrical Contractor shall provide his own forces and necessary equipment required tocomplete the electrical installation. 4. All concrete bases required for electrical equipment shall be provided by the Concrete Contractor at this Contractor's expense. Accurate templates, dimensions, details etc. shall be provided by this Contractor for proper location and size. 5. All floor mounted electrical equipment such as switchboards, transformers, etc shall be mounted on 4" (100mm) high concrete pads supplied and installed by this Contractor. All concrete shall be 25 MPa complete with a WWF152x152-MW18.7xMW18.7 welded wire mesh installed 2" (50mm) below the surface of the concrete. Provide smooth trowel finish for all concrete surfaces. Clean and roughen existing concrete surfaces under all new pads. The concrete pads shall extend past the edges of all equipment by a minimum of 3" (75mm). Page 75 of 82 Page 142 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II 1.8 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1. To permit construction, the Electrical Contractor shall arrange, pay for and maintain a temporary electrical supply and all associated facilities in accordance with local utility requirements. 2. Equipment used for temporary facilities may be reused for construction only as approved by the Engineer, provided that guarantees/warrenties are not affected. 1.9 CONTINUITY OF SERVICES 1. Service power interruptions shall be kept to an absolute minimum. Power interruptions must be coordinated with the Owner and all other trades by this Contractor. Written application for electrical interruptions must be received from the Contractor indicating the date, time and estimated duration of the interruption. Application for approval of power interruptions must be submitted to the Owner and Consultant at least two weeks prior to the requested shutdown date. All service work to be performed by the utility shall be coordinated after regular business hours. Include for premium time charges by the utility. 2. If overtime work or temporary wiring provisions are required to maintain services as specified herein, such work shall be included in the original tender amount. 1.10 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION 1. This Contractor shall provide adequate protection to existing equipment throughout the project and particularly where wiring, piping, equipment, etc., have become exposed to mechanical injury or moisture in the course of alterations of new construction. 2. Existing equipment being reused shall be checked for proper operation. Reused equipment shall not have any sign of physical abuse or corrosion. Any knockouts removed in existing equipment being REUSED SHALL BE PLUGGED. 1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Each Sub -Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of Shop Drawings to the Project Manager and/or Engineer for review. They shall show in detail the design, construction and performance of all apparatus. 2. The Engineer's and/or Project Manager's review of Shop Drawings and manufacturer's specifications is general and is not intended to serve as the final check. It shall not relieve the Sub -Contractor from Responsibility for errors. 3. Before submission, this Sub -Contractor shall check all Shop Drawings for accuracy of details, dimensions etc. Do not proceed with work on any item for which shop drawing review has not been performed by the Engineer. 4. Any deviations whatsoever from the materials and methods specified herein must be clearly outlined in writing and such an outline must accompany the Shop Drawings of the proposed deviation. 5. All Shop Drawings shall be submitted in duo tang binders and shall be arranged so that all drawings of a particular system are in one binder and are in logical order. Shop Drawings that are submitted individually or are not arranged by system shall be rejected. For example, the lighting system Shop Drawings shall be submitted to include one copy of each fixture as listed in the LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE in each of six sets. Submission of six sets of each fixture individually shall not be ACCEPTED. 6. Shop Drawings outlining all components shall be submitted for the following systems: a. Distribution equipment including switchboards, panels, transformers, etc. b. Lighting fixtures including all emergency & exit lighting c. Fluorescent lamps & ballast warrantee certification d. Fire alarm system. Page 76 of 82 Page 143 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II e. Firestopping Systems f. Record Drawings 7. An extra set of prints shall be obtained to record accurately the location of all outlets and conduit runs etc., and all circuiting of devices as installed on site. At completion of the project these record plans shall be converted to electronic AutoCAD (latest version) drawing format. 8. Electronic base plans shall be provided from the Consultant. Provide to the Owner one complete set of drawings in both electronic format and hard copy (paper) full size plots. 9. Close -Out Documentation -Maintenance & Instruction Manuals Upon project completion, the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of a Maintenance & Instruction Manual as well as one (1) set of Record Drawings. Each manual shall contain the following: ■ 1 copy of each Shop Drawing (revised as reviewed by the Engineer). ■ 1 copy of Electrical Safety Authority Final Inspection Certificate. ■ 1 copy of Fire Alarm Verification Report. ■ 1 copy of Written Guarantee. 1.12 TESTING 1. At or near the completion of the project, this Contractor shall provide acceptance tests to demonstrate that the equipment and systems actually meet the specified requirements. Tests may be conducted as soon as conditions permit. This shall include but shall not be limited to the following: a. emergency lighting function. b. 5000VDC megger tests on all feeder and distribution conductors. c. fire alarm system function. d. voltage drop measurements. e. current balancing in all panels (adjust to be within 15%). f. transformer top adjustments (adjust to within 2.5%). 2. Concurrently, written approvals or acceptances by local authorities shall be presented. In testing, vary loads to illustrate start-up, sequence, normal shut down and simulate emergency conditions. 1.13 GUARANTEE 1. The electrical contractor shall furnish a Written Guarantee stating that all work executed under this contract will be free from defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year from the date of Substantial Completion. The period of the guarantee specified above shall in no way supplement any other guarantee of a longer period. 2. The Electrical Contractor will at his own expense, repair and replace all such defective work and other work damaged thereby which fails or becomes defective during the term of the guarantee provided that such failure is not caused by improper use. 3. Standards of Materials and Equipment Materials and equipment are specifically described and named in this specification and drawings for the purpose of establishing a standard of materials and workmanship to which this Contractor shall adhere and not for the purpose of limiting the selection to those materials and equipment specified. 4. Electrical Equipment Approved Equals Unless specifically stated otherwise, this project has been designed based on the first named manufacturer of each section in the alternate MANUFACTURERS List or that specifically listed in the schedules notes. If this Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer other than the first named manufacturer, it will be his responsibility to ensure that the alternate is equal in all respects to that of the first named manufacturer. The engineer reserves the right to approve or reject any alternate based upon Page 77 of 82 Page 144 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II his evaluation of the equipment proposed. If only one manufacturer is listed then only that manufacturer shall be acceptable. 1.14 ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS LIST 1. Switches and Receptacles Intermatic Photo -Electric Controls a. HUBBELL INTERMATIC b. Pass and Seymour Rite -Ute c. Bryant International Register d. Arrow -Hart 2. Fire Alarm Systems and Devices a. Edwards 3. Lighting Fixtures 4. Emergency Lighting and Exit Signs a. Lumacell Dual -Lite 1.15 ACCESS DOORS 1. Include for supply and installation of access doors of a suitable size for easy servicing of all concealed electrical installations such as pull boxes, junction boxes etc. Where installed in masonry walls or in plaster or acoustic tile ceilings, access doors shall be complete with positive locking self -opening screwdriver lock. 1.16 SPECIAL CHARGES 1. Include utility charges from local authority or authority having jurisdiction. Contractor to contact Utility prior to tender to determine the amount of all such casts and shall carry an appropriate amount in this tender price. 2. Any inspection charges that may be required by The Electrical Safety Authority are not included in the above utility charges. Any Electrical Safety Authority inspection charges shall be included in the project cost and shall be paid for by this Contractor. 1.17 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE 1. Before the General Contractor can make application for a Certificate of Substantial Performance the Electrical Contractor will be required to provide the following: a. Maintenance and Instruction Manuals as detailed above. b. Record Drawings as detailed above showing all changes made during construction. c. Certificate from the fire alarm equipment supplier that the system is properly installed and in perfect working condition. d. An electrical safety authority inspection certificate, verifying satisfactory completion and installation of the electrical equipment. 1.18 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 1. The successful Bidder is to maintain adequate insurance as specified by the Owner's Standard Form of Contract. This insurance is to firmly protect both himself and the Owners from public liability claims and property damage, and all claims under the Workman's Compensation Act. Evidence of insurance coverage shall be filed and approved. 2. Extras and Credits a. Only extras and credits approved by the Electrical Engineer or his representative will be allowed and must be submitted for approval before such work commences. They shall be priced individually with a complete breakdown clearly indicating labour costs, material cost, mark-up and taxes. Page 78 of 82 Page 145 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.0 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION 1. Provide typed directory cards in all new and revised distribution panels. Hand written directory cards are not acceptable. 2. All empty or spare conduit shall be identified with black indelible marker. 3. All junction boxes shall be identified with black indelible marker showing the systems they are associated with (i.e., lighting, receptacles, fire alarm, etc.). 2.1 CONDUIT WIRE & CABLE 1. All wiring, in non-combustible areas, unless otherwise noted, to be CSA approved soft copper, type T90/TWN75 unless otherwise required by the Electrical Code for specific areas or environmental conditions. 2. Maximum voltage drop at most remote outlet not to exceed 3% in accordance with OESC #8- 102. - The minimum wire size shall be #12 AWG. 3. All wiring in areas of non-combustible construction to be installed in conduit unless otherwise noted. -BX cable may be used in metal stud partition walls, in concrete block walls, and for final drops to fixtures in accessible ceiling spaces. 4. EMT shall be used in dry concrete slabs and for interior exposed surface applications (where permitted). 5. Rigid PVC (IPEX Scepter or approved alternate) raceways shall be used in or below concrete slabs, for direct burial, or exposed exterior surface applications. 6. PVC type DB2 raceways (IPEX Super duct or approved alternate) shall be permitted for below grade applications only where encased in concrete. PVC type DB2 shall not be used for direct burial. 7. All conduit and wiring is to be concealed in all finished areas including storage rooms unless otherwise approved. EMT conduit shall be permitted above and below surface mounted panels. 8. All empty conduit and raceway systems shall be installed complete with nylon pull string which shall be securely fastened at each end of the conduit. 9. BX Cable shall under no circumstances be run exposed. 10. Exposed or concealed conduits above ceilings shall be run in straight lines parallel to building structure. Diagonal runs will not be permitted. 11. All wiring serving rotating or vibrating equipment shall be stranded and shall be in a flexible raceway. -All outlet boxes shall be metal. The use of non-metallic boxes shall not be permitted. 2.2 WIRING DEVICES 1. Provide all wiring devices and their associated fittings as indicated in the "WIRING DEVICE SCHEDULE" in this specification or as specifically noted on the drawings. 2. Wiring devices shall be white colour unless noted otherwise. 3. Wiring devices for general purpose shall be of heavy duty specification grade, Hubbell 5262 Series and shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with CSA and EEMAC standards. 4. Attachment plugs and receptacles to conform with CSA configurations. 2.3 WIRING DEVICE SCHEDULE 1. Manufacturers as listed below set the standard of quality. If this Contractor chooses to use an alternate manufacturer, it will be his responsibility to ensure that the alternate is equal in all respects to that named herein. The Engineer reserves the right to approve or reject any alternate based upon his evaluation of the equipment proposed. a. 125V Toggle Switches: 347V Toggle Switches: b. Standard Style -20A: Standard Style -20A: Page 79 of 82 Page 146 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II c. Match Base Building Specs d. 125V Duplex Non -Locking Receptacles: e. Standard Style -15A: f. Match Base Building Specs Cover plates a. Device cover plates shall be specification grade type 304 brushed stainless steel. b. Sheet steel utility box cover for wiring devices installed in surface -mounted utility boxes. 3.0 EXECUTION 1. All 120V switches shall be rated 20A minimum. 2. 347V switches controlling loads exceeding 4900W shall be rated 20A. 3. Receptacles connected to 20A branch circuits shall be CSA 5-20RA configuration. 4. Install boxes so as to be accessible after building is complete, set to be flush with finished lines of building structure, where recessed, and lined and levelled where surface mounted. 5. Install switches with handle in the "Up" position when the switch is in the "On" position. 6. Remove plastic protective film on stainless steel plates only after painting and other work has been completed in that area. 7. Do not use cover plates designed for flush outlet boxes on surface mounted boxes. 8. Do not use outlet boxes designed for recessed mounting in surface mount applications. 9. Installation Mounting heights to centre of box above finished floor (AFF), unless noted otherwise: a. Light Switches: 47", (1200mm). b. Receptacles: 18", (450mm), or 4", (100mm) for standard counter. c. Where a conflict of device mounting occurs, the Contractor shall contact the Engineer for clarification. d. Raceways as to be mounted as noted on drawings 3.1 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT 1. This Contractor shall provide the distribution equipment required for the complete installation. 2. All distribution equipment shall be complete with drip shields suitable for use in a Sprinklered environment. 3. Equipment shall be delivered to the site and shall be protected all around with a plastic covering. Additional on-site protection must be provided to keep the equipment protected from the elements and other trades. If there is any sign of rusting or corrosion or significant physical abuse on the equipment, the affected parts shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. 4. All distribution equipment shall have tested and approved series ratings for fault currents and shall have identifying labels. 5. All panel bus bars shall be tin plated aluminium unless specifically noted otherwise. 6. Panel boards a. Provide bolt -on breakers, thermal magnetic trip indicated and ambient temperature compensated. -Panels shall have code gauge steel door with flush mounted locks and concealed hinges. All locks shall be keyed alike. b. Balance all panels to give as near as possible equal current in all phases under full load conditions. Power distribution panels shall be as shown on drawings. 7. Fuses & Breakers a. Fuses shall be HRC -1 Class J (600A and under) as appropriate dual element time delay type as manufactured by Bussman unless otherwise specified. Fuse rating shall be as noted or as required for proper protection. Fuses shall be rated for 200kAiC. FUSES SERVING AS OVER CURRENT PROTECTION ON THE PRIMARY SIDE OF A TRANSFORMER FEEDING A PANEL BOARD SHALL BE RK5 (TIME DELAY). Page 80 of 82 Page 147 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC— PHASE II b. Breakers shall be moulded case type, of the frame size and with trip settings as indicated on the drawings. Breakers mounted in panels shall be bolt -on type. Unless otherwise noted all breakers shall be rated minimum 10kA symmetrical interrupting capacity at 208V. c. All over current protective devices shall have interrupting ratings exceeding that indicated on the drawings or shall have series tested combinations approved far the available fault current. Fault current series tested combination data shall be submitted for review if the devices are not fully rated. 8. Contactors a. Contactors shall be of the voltage, ampacity and number of poles as indicated on the drawings. Contacts shall have mixed load ratings (lighting and motor) and a withstand rating of 100kA. Contacts shall be electrically held. 9. Grounding & Bonding a. This Contractor shall include in his tender grounding and bonding as required by Electrical Safety Authority Inspection Department, and as shown on drawings. 3.2 LIGHTING 1. Supply and install lighting with all accessories and lamps as shown in "LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE," and as described. 2. Submit Shop Drawings containing the following information: a. picture of fixture, fixture model number, fixture colour. b. lens data, mounting details, photometric data. c. fixture manufacturer (include address and telephone number). d. ballast manufacturer, model number, ballast electrical data. e. lamp manufacturer, model number, voltage, quantity. f. Pole manufacturer, pole dimensions, colour, finish, EPA ratings, max loading etc. 3. No allowance or change in fixture type will be permitted for the failure of the Contractor to allow sufficient time for the delivery of the fixtures when required to the site. Should the approved fixtures not arrive on time, the Contractor shall supply and install temporary fixtures at no cost to the Owner and shall replace same with the approved fixtures when they arrive and make good all surfaces disturbed by this operation. 4. All fluorescent lamps and ballasts shall be manufacturer approved combinations that will provide a two year warrantee on the lamps and a five year warrantee on the ballasts. All compact fluorescent lamps and ballasts shall be manufacturer approved combinations that will provide a one year warrantee on the lamps and a five year warrantee on the ballasts. 5. Lamps a. All linear fluorescent lamps shall be Phillips T8, with a maintained lumen output of 2850L, colour temperature of 4100k, colour rendering index of 85, and a lamp life of 20,000 hours unless specifically noted otherwise on the "LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE." b. All metal halide lamps shall be pulse start with a formed body arc tube design. Probe start (standard) lamps shall not be accepted. Lamps shall be listed for use with enclosed fixtures. c. The lamp must match the ANSI identification code of each specific ballast. Lamps shall have a hot re -strike time of less than five minutes, a rated average life of 20,000 hours based on 10 hours per start and no 'end of life' cycling. Page 81 of 82 Page 148 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II 6. Ballasts a. Ballasts for linear fluorescent fixtures shall be T8 electronic, high performance instant start with ballast factor greater than 0.88, total harmonic distortion less than 10%, power factor greater than 0.99, parallel circuitry, Flicker free operation (s3% flicker index), Total circuit Power: 31 Watts for 1 lamp, 59W for 2 lamps, 88W for 3 lamps, 114W for 4 lamps, Voltage and lamp quantity to suit fixture, minimum Starting temperature: 0 deg F. (-18 deg Q. Ballasts shall be MagneTek Catalogue no., Bx321120HP or approved alternate. b. All ballasts shall be high power factor, low sound level, CBM certified, non -PCB type. c. All metal halide ballasts shall be pulse start. The use of peak -lead autotransformer (probe start) ballasts shall not be accepted. The ballast must match the ANSI identification code of each specific lamp. 3.3 COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT SYSTEMS 1. This section will generally refer to empty conduits, sleeves, junction boxes, etc. associated with all communications systems, i.e., telephone (voice), television & data systems. 2. Supply and install all equipment and labour necessary to provide a complete installation of an empty conduit system as indicated. Coordinate exterior requirements with local utilities. 3. All empty conduits and raceway systems shall be provided complete with nylon pull strings & plastic bushings. 4. Pull strings shall be suitably fastened to the ends of each conduit to prevent accidental pull outs. END OF SECTION Page 82 of 82 Page 149 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Project: Huronia Nurse Practitioner LED Clinic — Phase II 3331 Line 4 North Oro, ON Addendum Date: June 3, 2013 SBSG Project No.: A-12140 Township Project No.: RC -2013-T02 ADDENDUM No: 1 Distribution: Client The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte Bidders All bidders This Addendum will form part of the Contract Documents. All changes, additions, and/or deletions are considered part of the Bid Documents and all costs associated with the Contractors implementation of the Work defined herein are to be included in the Bid Price. Clarifications"- ' Item Descri tion/Reference.- Comments -- 1.1 Specs. (See attached) Ceiling Tle(3153PB) Patient Lifting Device Back-up Generator (10kW). Stucco(EIFS) Security / Card Access System ICF 1.2 Flooring New flooring to match existing VCT Tile. Samples to be provided to consultant for approval. 1.3 Communications No communications stem required in project. 1.4 Windows - Exterior windows: to be aluminum, double pane, and match style of existing exterior windows. Provide shop drawings to consultant for approval. - Interior windows: operation as per plans, style to match existing interior windows. Provide shop drawings to consultant for approval. 1.5 Millwork Millwork to match existing. Samples and shop drawings to be provided to consultant for approval. 1.6 Cedar Shakes (Cerci -Sawn) 18" Tapersawn Cedar Shakes — Number 1 grade. Shakes to be spaced no more than 3/8" —1/2" apart, and shall be applied with a weather exposure of 8". (electro -galvanized fasteners are not to be used 1.7 Cultured Stone Eldorado stone orequivalent. Sample to be provided to consultant. 1.8 Roofing Roof to have a 10 year labour and material warranty. Kraft vapour barrier using adhesive 2 layers of 2" Poly Iso insulation (minimum R-22) '/2" high density asphalt coated fibre board fastened with screws and plates as per manufacturers spec's. Asphalt adhered 100g/m2 modified bitumen base sheet — sanded/poly Asphalt adhered 180g/m2 modified bitumen base sheet flashing — Sanded/poly Torch weld apply 250gIm2 modified bitumen cap sheet Torch weld apply 180gtm2 modified bitumen cap sheet flashing 24 gauge sheet metal flashing 126 MISSISSAGA ST. E., ORILLIA, ON L3V 1V7 WWW.STEENHOFBUILDING.COM P. 705.325.5400 F. 705.325.8400 PAGE 1 OF 3 Page 150 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... ADDENDUM 126 MISSISSAGA ST. E., ORILLIA, ON L3V 1V7 WWW.STEENHOFBUILDING.COM P. 705.325.5400 F. 705.325.8400 PAGE 2 OF 3 Page 151 of 193 1.9 Septic System — A100 notes by others but Existing septic system to support proposed addition and interior alterations: is a line item on the tender form? Class 4 — Leaching Bed System 2000gal. tank & leaching bed of 10 laterals 50' long @ 5.25' o/c. Will old septic system be allowed to be used, just added onto, or Successful contractor to have existing system verified by a qualified designer. decommissioned? See attached Sewage System Verification Forms. 1.10 No HVAC line item on the tender form, to See revised tender form attached. be included in plumbing? 1.11 Testing allowance — noted on Maximum $5,000 to be carried for site testing allowance sitework/excavation specs, but no value. 1.12 Playground equipment to be moved On site. Location to be determined by Oro-Medonte staff. where? 1.13 Location of the back-up enerator? See updated site plan attached for location. 1.14 Do we have a topographical siteplan? No. See updated site plan attached. 1.15 Do we have a storm water management No. See updated site plan attached. Ian? 1.16 Is there a specific FRP panel? Use Marlite Standard - smooth finish, or equivalent washable surface. Samples to be provided to the consultant for approval. 1.17 Are lockers in OPP change room new Lockers to be salvaged and re -used from existing OPP change rooms. (need spec), or salvaged from another area of the building? 1.18 Are all doors 2" thick? 1 3/4". See updated door schedule attached. 1.19 Door schedule calls for pre -finished wood Paint grade. See updated door schedule attached. doors, spec calls for paint grade. 1.20 New location for gas meter? Who re- No. Contractor to co-ordinate and re -locate. locates? Has this been discussed with the as company. Contact? 1.21 Is cleaning of the existing ductwork Yes. required? 1.22 Page 48 conflicts with concrete strength Strengths indicated on drawing S100 governs. note on S100, whichgoverns? 1.23 Is signage included? Yes. SBSG to confirm signage requirements with HNPC. Contractor to provide all si na a (bldg. sign, h/c parking, fire route, etc. 1.24 What is the soffit material? Pre -finished aluminum. 1.25 Roof trusses by others? Correct? Yes. OWSJ & steel deck to be sized by Canam or equiv. Shop drawings to be provided to the consultant for approval. Wood canopy trusses to be sized by Kent or equiv. Shop drawings to be provided to consultant for approval. 1.26 Is D1 aluminum or metal? Just one leaf is Aluminum, with 1 automatic leaf as noted on plans. automatic? 1.27 1 believe there are 2 existing doors that There are a total of 5 doors requiring auto operators as follows: require auto operators making total 1. D1 — New Main Entrance number of operator required 4. Am 1 2. D2 — Doorway to new addition from proposed waiting area correct? 3. Existing door — B/F Water closet 1 4. Existing door — From proposed waiting area to corridor 5. Existing door — From proposed vestibule to proposed waiting room 126 MISSISSAGA ST. E., ORILLIA, ON L3V 1V7 WWW.STEENHOFBUILDING.COM P. 705.325.5400 F. 705.325.8400 PAGE 2 OF 3 Page 151 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... ADDENDUM 1.28 Vestibule coat rack with hooks. What is it? HNPC to provide. 1.29 Please advise as to elevations and F.F.E. to match existing (101.83). See attached site plan drawing for asphalt & drainage direction. sidewalk elevations. 1.30 Will all excavated material be allowed to Yes. Oro-Medonte staff to inform contractor of area for dumping. be left on site? 1.31 Two symbols exist for voice and data Yes, 2 separate cabling systems and receptacles to be provided, outlets, one being 1 data and 1 voice and All voice/data should terminate in Server/IT Room 118. the other 1 data. The majority of comms outlets have both symbols side by side so does this indicate 2 separate cabling systems gang to different panels and maybe closets or do all cables terminate in the Rm. 118 (Server/IT)? 1.32 CATSe or CAT6 for both data and voice CAT 6. cabling? 1.33 Specific color for cables? As per OESC standards. 1.34 Are we to include any Server Cabinets or Yes. Racking as required in Server/IT room. Racks? 1.35 Is the cabling to be installed by a To be confirmed with Oro-Medonte. Manufacture Certified System Vendor that is authorized to certify the provided data cabling system? Will a certification document issued by the cable/component manufacture be required upon completion of the data cable installation? 1.36 Are the entrance doors aluminum framed? Yes, with anodized finish. 126 MISSISSAGA ST. E., ORILLIA, ON L3V 1V7 M&STEENHOFBUILDING.COM P. 705.325.5400 F. 705.325.8400 PAGE 3 OF 3 Page 152 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE TENDER RC -2013-T02 HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINIC — PHASE II TENDER COST BREAKDOWN PROJECT: HURONIA NURSE PRACTITIONER LED CLINC — PHASE II No. DESCRIPTION TOTAL A01 GENERAL CONDITIONS A02 DEMOLITION & DISPOSAL A03 CONCRETE (Footings, Foundation/Walls, Floors, Cutting/Patching) A04 STRUCTURAL & MISC. STEEL A05 FRAMING A06 MILLWORK A07 DOORS & WINDOWS A08 DOOR HARDWARE A09 FLOORING A10 GYPSUM BOARD A11 PAINTING Al2 T -BAR CEILINGS A13 SPECIALTIES A14 PLUMBING ROUGH -IN A15 PLUMBING FINISH A16 SEPTIC (System Design & Installation) A17 ELECTRICAL ROUGH -IN A18 ELECTRICAL FINISH A19 LIFE SAFETY (Exit Signage, Fire Alarm, Pull Stations) A20 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A21 LANDSCAPING & SITE WORK A22 HVAC A23 BACK-UP GENERATOR & PAD HST TOTAL STIPULATED PRICE (TOTAL SHALL EQUAL TENDER PRICE) Page 26 of 82 Page 153 of 193 OPTIMA® Square Lay -in fine texture VISUAL SELECTION 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Susp. DWg. Edge 1273-277 Item Dimensions Profile a<msnaexcom/ No. (Inches) .___ catdw9s OPTIMA Square Lay -in 3 3o w d E m u a u _ m . w u io, a eA mu = a m= ¢ m=c' �'�- c = rT �„3; m v - Ig d o CAC S¢ �� rLWw ¢v 3 Humi-Below No. of IL classified Inherent Guard+ Wash Impact Scratch Sol, 11 MJ/SF Yes Years 15/16" 1 1400 6 x 48 x 1" o 0.90 N/A 180 Class 0.90 • . - . • • . • High . 30 Square • . A Lay -in 1 1404 6 x 60 x 1" 0.90 N/A 180 Class 0.90 • • - . . • • • High . 30 • A • 1 -- 3156 2C x 60 x 1"-- -- O -- 0.95 N/A 190 Class 0.90 ---- . • ---- - . - .- • - • -. -- High - .._ --30 • • A _._. .... ..... 1 3150 24 x 24 x 3/4" 0.90 N/A 180 Class 0.90 • • - . • , • • High . 30 3150PB . . A 1 3152 24 x 24 x 1" ❑ 0,95 NIA 190 Class 0.90 • • - . . . • . High • 30 31 52P • . A 1 ----3352 24 x 24 x 1" -- ❑ -- 090- -26 200 Class 0,90 - • ---- • - -- • .--- • -- High - 30 • A .. 1 3159 24 x 24 x 1-10 1.00 N/A _............. .. _.._......... _....__.... 200 Class 0,90 • . - . ...... - . • . • High __................ • 3C • • A 1 3151 24 x 48 x 3/4" 0.90 N/A 180 Class 0.90 __-• ----• • __--. •-• • High - 30 3151PB • • A 1 ----3153 242 48 x 1" - -_. 0 --- 0.95 -N/A 190 Class 0.90 . •-- • ---- • . - . . High - . 30 31 53p . • A 1 3353 24 x 48 x 1" 0 0.90 26 200 Class 0.90 • - • • High - 30 • • A 1 3155 24 x 48 x 1-1/2" 0 1.00 N/A 200 Class 0.90 • • - • . . • • High • 30 • . A • 1 --3356 --24x 48x 1-1/2"0 - 0.95 -26 200 Class 0.90 • .--- • --• .--- . High -30 • • A 1 3164 24x 60 x 3/4" 0 0,90 NIA 180 Class 0.90 • . - . • . . • ---High • ----30 • • A 1 ---3161 24x72x3/4"0 -- 0.90 N/A 180 Class 090 . • • . --. • . ---High - 30 • • A • 1 3162 24 x 96 x 3/4" 0 0.90 N/A 180 Class 0 90 . . - • . • . • High • 30 • • A 1 3158 30 x 30 x 1" ❑ 0.95 N/A 190 Class 0.90 • • - . . . . . High . 30 • A 1 3157 30 x 60 x 1" 0.95 N/A 190 Class 0.90 • . - . . . . • High . 30 . A 1 3160 48 x 48 x 1" 0.95 N/A 190 Class 0.90 . • - • • • • . High . 30 3160PB ❑ • • A 1 3154 48 x 96 x 1 " 0.. 5 N/A ___._. ._..___. ._-. ..__ 190 Class 0.90 • • - . ............ � • . High . -- 30 A 1 Other W: 4" - 24" / L: 4'. 96" 0.90 N/A 180 Class 0.90 • • - • . • • . High • 30 Sizes 3/4" Thick • . A . 1 w1 FasLSize" W: 4' - 48" / L 4" - 120" -- 0 95 N/A 190 Class 0.90 • . . -- . • --- . - • - High • ---30 - I' Thick • • A 1 Other W:4 42 / L: 4" - 120" _- 1.00-- N/A 200 Class 0.90 • • high Sizes W. 4 - 48' / L 4" - 114" . • A 1-1/2" Thick 195 TechLineA° 877 ARMSTRONG armstrong.com/commceilings (search: optima) l/_1r, , B7Y yB 19® Page 154 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 155 of 193 i �i gg Page 155 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 156 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... GUARDIAN° SERIES STANDBY GENERATORS U INCLUDES: • True Power Electrical Technology • Two Line LCD Tri -lingual Digital Nexus"" Controller • Electronic Governor • External Main Circuit Breaker, System Status & Maintenance Interval LED Indicators • Sound Attenuated Enclosure • Flexible Fuel Line Connector • Composite Mounting Pad ■ Natural Gas or LP Gas Operation • 3 Year Limited Warranty • UL 2200 Listed FEATURES Air -Cooled GasEngine Generator Sets Standby Power Rating 3 I w- ,Pa,. (; =.a ., _ ,;c. >arekey componeds of GENERAL'S success in `IMPROVING POWER BY DESiGN." But f deesr!A stop there, Total commitment to component testing, reliability testing, sr:v rnnmeniai testing, destruction and life teslrngi plus lesling to applicable CSA. NEMA„ EGSA, and other standards, allows you to choose GENERAO POWER SYSTEWS Frith the confidence that these systems will provide superiorperformance, .' f ,ii Suparior hariTioMCS end sine vrave form produce Less than 556 Total Harmonic bislortton is utility qualitypnwer.ThEsallowsconfiientoperation ofsensitive eieclranioequip hent and micro -chip based appliances, succi as variable speech WAO. This state-of-the-art pourer ffMimizing regulation system is standard on all Generac models, It provides opiir»ed FAST RESPONSE to changing load conditions and MAXIMUM MOTOR STARTING OAPAB,LOY by eleclrorsic0y torque -matching the surge loads to the engine. An unequalled m I% voltage regulation, €t ..`?t E ficin Gerseracs Wersiive dealer ietwork provides parts and service know-how for the entire QTnil, from the en}ne to the smallest electronic component, ash ;;aA Lang life and reliabitiry are PROTOTYPETESTED NEMA MGI -22 EVALUATION sy:wnymois with GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS. one reason for this SYSTEM TORSIONAL TESTED MOTOR STARTING ABILITY confidence isthal the GENERAG product line includes its own transfer systems and controls for total system compatib;lfty. • o°ol oe{i Page 157 of 193 GEI1t�R C us LISTED ,Pa,. (; =.a ., _ ,;c. >arekey componeds of GENERAL'S success in `IMPROVING POWER BY DESiGN." But f deesr!A stop there, Total commitment to component testing, reliability testing, sr:v rnnmeniai testing, destruction and life teslrngi plus lesling to applicable CSA. NEMA„ EGSA, and other standards, allows you to choose GENERAO POWER SYSTEWS Frith the confidence that these systems will provide superiorperformance, .' f ,ii Suparior hariTioMCS end sine vrave form produce Less than 556 Total Harmonic bislortton is utility qualitypnwer.ThEsallowsconfiientoperation ofsensitive eieclranioequip hent and micro -chip based appliances, succi as variable speech WAO. This state-of-the-art pourer ffMimizing regulation system is standard on all Generac models, It provides opiir»ed FAST RESPONSE to changing load conditions and MAXIMUM MOTOR STARTING OAPAB,LOY by eleclrorsic0y torque -matching the surge loads to the engine. An unequalled m I% voltage regulation, €t ..`?t E ficin Gerseracs Wersiive dealer ietwork provides parts and service know-how for the entire QTnil, from the en}ne to the smallest electronic component, ash ;;aA Lang life and reliabitiry are PROTOTYPETESTED NEMA MGI -22 EVALUATION sy:wnymois with GENERAC POWER SYSTEMS. one reason for this SYSTEM TORSIONAL TESTED MOTOR STARTING ABILITY confidence isthal the GENERAG product line includes its own transfer systems and controls for total system compatib;lfty. • o°ol oe{i Page 157 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... a. t P� A Ci1 fjlGI*TRAC Model 8 Controller fat t 1, Him - (h D1GI*TRAC controllers cn'e "stclttdciloize" occess conlrol syslenn.s• dolt support• — ScrumblePad-' & ScrcnnbleProV' secure keipaclr — MATCH"' intelligc nt reader ii7terftices —High security alal7n Tnoniioring —Relctv control outputs When connected locally, by a LAN or1l ), telephone litres to a Hirsch Hos? PC or server DIG111 TRAC controllers provide a high-integrit)a, enterprise- wide access control and security management solution. Features Canlrola R Fully Supervised Doors –Both Entry & Exit – Keypads And/Or Readers Modular: Uses Expansion Boards tZ Standalone or Networked – Microprocessor Based –High Security Supervised Alarm Inputs (24 Supervision) – Door Relay Outputs – General Purpose Relay Outputs – Dedicated Alarn Relay Outputs –Digital Keypad/Reader Channel 19 Digital Trutsrnission Long Wiring Runs Multi -drop Connections –LAN Interface Options Modern Options M Encryption Algorithm -- High Security Transmission Local or Remote Prograimning – Scr'anblePad. ScranlbleProx or PC Downloadable Firniware –Flash Memory Printer Port * Multiple Reader Technologies Im Resident Application Library M UL Listed: 294. 1076, Grade AA Description All DIG]' IRAC controllers have the same Grrnware functionality. A range of models and expansion options pro- vides a variety of access control. high security alnmunonitorina_relay con- trol outputs, and prclgrammable logic configurations to fil most applications. Each unit cull be a complete standalone 6ystern or a distributed controller in a larger. multi -site enterprise system. This modular design and "scalable" architecture allows a system to start sniatl and _rote large. Access Control System As an access control system. the D1GT*TI2AC controller includes exten- sive local firnnvare for control sequences is basic as "who goes where when" to sophisticated functions like 2 -person mile, occupancy counting, individual user tagging, door interlock- ing, and anti-passback. Access may be restricted based on: Time of Day, Day of Week, and Door. Access may be granted when the user presents the correct code. card. or Ixtdr. The user may be granted "temporary" access based on: Use Count Limits.. Temporary Day Limits. and Absentee Rude Limits. with Auto -Disable or Auto -Delete on expiration of Temporary Users. Additional functions include: Unlock/Relock. Alarm MaskfUnrnask. and Lock Down/Lock Down Release. Page 158 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... 3 KEYPAD ..,y';• �.�.�� CIRCUIT EXPANSION FUSES d41 BOARDIS1 \. �- r COMMAND TYPICAL DOOR TERMINAL BLOCK MODULE (GCFA1 • SN?IB �� )`.../ HEAVY DUTY DOOR RELAYS AE88 RELAY STATUS t ,yT LEDS � J` �, ,r��`_a DEDICATED • J,- ALARM RELAYS MEB 72 DIAGNOSTIC LEDs �• \ `„ ^v �"---PARALLEL lF_':;F'` ,� / PRINTER PORT REBa / €,rECFCO FUSED MEVORYS7AND8y� • TAMPER LOCK POWER BATTERY BATTERY \ %/ SWITCH SUPPLY BACKUP The associated door may be monitored for: Door Forced Open and Door Olen Too Long. while providing Auto Relook control. Readers Supported include ScramblePad, SerambleProx and, via the MATCH intelligent reader interface, these tech- nologies: Magnetic Swipe, Proximity. Wiegand. Bar Code, Smart Card, RF. IR, and Biometric. Technologies may be combined on the same controller or the same door in any combination. High Security Reader Channel The 'DIGI*TRAC controller supports electrically isolated terminal blocks that Provide Communications and power to the ScramblePad_ Scr<uub]eProx and MATCH interfaces. The conununica- Lion path allows multi -drop connections for entrance and exit keypads, and dual technology applications, User codes are digitized for tmansmissiou between a Hirsch ScramblePad, ScrunblePr•ox or MATCH and the DIGP°FRAC controller. Digital trans- mission allows longer wiring runs than are normally available with convention - 'd access control reader technologies. High Security Alarm Monitoring Hirsch uses very stable digitally processed analog inputs with lye line supervision for high security alarm monitoring. A line supervision module (DTLM, MELM, or SBM.S) is located at the door contact, alarm sensor. request to exit (RQE), or similar device to establish this supervision. Lt lieu of "shunting." which turas off supervision. Hirsch uses "alarm mask- ing-' for full-time supervision and reporting of line Sixtus — even during hours ol''authoriaed access. Conditions reported include: Alarm, Secure, RQE, Mask, Tamper Alarm, Tamper Secure, Short, Open, Noisy and Input - Ont -Of -Spec Relay Control System Relay outputs on DIGI*TRAC con- trollers can be used for: electric door locks and spikes, anning/clisarning security systems, alarm annunciation, elevator floor control. HVAC contoI, liahting control, storage locker control, and many other equipment control applications. These relays may be aed- vated by codes (via ScramhlePedj, cards (via MATCH and reader), time zones, alarms, or logic sequences linked to other relays. When used with a ScramblePad.. DIGl*TRAC conhollets are ideal for after-hours tenant override systems_ A history of who issued the override command is available for tenant billing or audit trails. The same ScramblePad used for access control can be used for tenant override and remote operator command functions. Programmer's Terminal DIGI ITRAC controllers can he pro- granuned by either n ScranTblePad ora PC using Hirsch Host software, The PC can be local or connected by LAN or modem. A ScramblePad used for access control can also be used as a programmer's ierinitial. Programming functions supported include: add & delete user access codes, assign unlock/relock codes, assign alarm codes, and assign elevator control codes. SCRAMBLE"NET DIGPTRAC controllers communicate with a Hirsch Host PC using SCRAM- BLE"NET protocol which uses an encryption algorithm for high security, The SCRAMBLE*NE•Tcoinmand/ packet structure is idea] for LAN and hardwired paths, including RS -4S5 multi -drop and RS -232 via direct Con- nect or' dial-up modem. Page 159 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... ��DTLFA2 Reliability By Design DiGPI' MAC controllers are designed for "high availability" os complete sys- tems solutions for global markets_ Standby batteries for both memory and system operation are standard. The con- troller ships with an internal intentation- al power supply. All door relays are socketed. All Keypad/Reader terminals and power circuits are fused. Each unit is confioared in a heavy duty, NEMA style enclosure, with a high security loci andtantper alarm, Specifications Communications * Serial Interface Ports- - SCRAMBLE"'NET: orts:-SCRAMBLE'NET: Requires SNIB. Encrypted message structure- - RS -485 multi -drop or RS -232 protocol - Optically= isolated serial port -Baud Rate: 9600 or 19,2(x) - RS -485:4W0 ft. (I 220m) with 22 gauge, 2 pair. stranded, twisted, overall shield RS232: 50 ft (15m) @9600 baud t Parallel Printer Port: Standard Keypad/Reader Pon: 16 device addresses -Address 1-8 for door relay 1-S entry. Address 9-161 or door relay i -S exit. Any address for contm<rnd and programming - Wiring: 750 ft (I 00m) with 22 gauge, 19W ft (550m) with 18 gauge. 2 pair, stranded, twisted. overall shield Firmware ut Command & Control Module (CCM): - Removable & Upgradable - Time Zones: 150 -Access Zones: 128 - Control Zones: 256 - Holidays: Four 366 Day x 2 Years - Daylight Savings Time Adjustment Dial -Up to Remote Hos: -Phone Numbers: 4, with roll over - User selectable retry attempts -Call-back mode for security -Initiation by alarm, buffer °/r, fill, and/or time Memory Buffers: 1500 events. 1500 atanns standard - 20,000 events, 2.000 alarms with MEBBE - 20,(x)0 events, 2,(xx) a lanns with MEB/t `B (reduces users by 20%) -Oldest discarded first. if full W Users:40(Ustandard -)000with MEBlCE16 - 20 -WO with MEB/CE32 - 690x) widT MEB/CB6.4 - 132.(Xx) with MEB/CB 128 in Battey Backup: 30 day for code, setups, clock and buffer Electrical ® Keypad/Reader Power: 8 terminals - 1.0 Amp @24VDC each, fused -2.90 Anil) (n`24VDC, total - Powers Sc amblePad, Scr.nnbleProa and MATCH Primary and Standby Power: -90-130VAC. 50160 Hz., fused - 180-260VAC. 50/60 Hi fused 19 Uninterruptible Power Supply 13 Standby Balteries: 7 AH Included * Door Relays: 10 Ante, Fonts C Control Relays: 2 Amp. Form C (requires REBS) 12 Alarm Relays: 2 Amp. Forst C LEDs: -Individual Relay Status - Battery (OK,. Low, Fail) -AC (OK. Fail) -System (OK. Fail) - Keypad/MATCH (Poll, Response) - SCRAMBLE WET (Poll, Response) -Test Mode - Alarm Events in Buffer - Box Tamper Alarm Physical • Door Tamper Switch • Medeco High Security Key Lack • Enclo.smr_: NEMA type, with con- duit knockouts & removable door • Dimensions: 22" H x 20" W x 6,25D- (55.9 cm x 51 cut x 15.9cm) 13 Expansion Boards: 6" H x 4.25"W x .75"D (15.2cm x I0.8cm x 1.9ctn) 69 Shipping Weight: 60Ibs (27.2kg_) IN Expansion Boards: I lb (.05kg) U Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 140° F (01 to 60° C) Iff Relative Humidity: 0 to 90%, non - condensing Listings & Approvals UL 294 Access Control Systems Units is Ul, 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Systems, Grade AA w CE Page 160 of 193 G - EXIT No C NC Ht TVPiCALDOOP -'' TERMINAL BLOCK A; S-1` SOCKETED 1 L DOOR RELAY U t SCFAMBLEPAD C� SCRAMBLEPROX �- ")v OR MATCH LED PS 1 FUSE , T'picol Controller -10 -Door Wiring Diagram Reliability By Design DiGPI' MAC controllers are designed for "high availability" os complete sys- tems solutions for global markets_ Standby batteries for both memory and system operation are standard. The con- troller ships with an internal intentation- al power supply. All door relays are socketed. All Keypad/Reader terminals and power circuits are fused. Each unit is confioared in a heavy duty, NEMA style enclosure, with a high security loci andtantper alarm, Specifications Communications * Serial Interface Ports- - SCRAMBLE"'NET: orts:-SCRAMBLE'NET: Requires SNIB. Encrypted message structure- - RS -485 multi -drop or RS -232 protocol - Optically= isolated serial port -Baud Rate: 9600 or 19,2(x) - RS -485:4W0 ft. (I 220m) with 22 gauge, 2 pair. stranded, twisted, overall shield RS232: 50 ft (15m) @9600 baud t Parallel Printer Port: Standard Keypad/Reader Pon: 16 device addresses -Address 1-8 for door relay 1-S entry. Address 9-161 or door relay i -S exit. Any address for contm<rnd and programming - Wiring: 750 ft (I 00m) with 22 gauge, 19W ft (550m) with 18 gauge. 2 pair, stranded, twisted. overall shield Firmware ut Command & Control Module (CCM): - Removable & Upgradable - Time Zones: 150 -Access Zones: 128 - Control Zones: 256 - Holidays: Four 366 Day x 2 Years - Daylight Savings Time Adjustment Dial -Up to Remote Hos: -Phone Numbers: 4, with roll over - User selectable retry attempts -Call-back mode for security -Initiation by alarm, buffer °/r, fill, and/or time Memory Buffers: 1500 events. 1500 atanns standard - 20,000 events, 2.000 alarms with MEBBE - 20,(x)0 events, 2,(xx) a lanns with MEB/t `B (reduces users by 20%) -Oldest discarded first. if full W Users:40(Ustandard -)000with MEBlCE16 - 20 -WO with MEB/CE32 - 690x) widT MEB/CB6.4 - 132.(Xx) with MEB/CB 128 in Battey Backup: 30 day for code, setups, clock and buffer Electrical ® Keypad/Reader Power: 8 terminals - 1.0 Amp @24VDC each, fused -2.90 Anil) (n`24VDC, total - Powers Sc amblePad, Scr.nnbleProa and MATCH Primary and Standby Power: -90-130VAC. 50160 Hz., fused - 180-260VAC. 50/60 Hi fused 19 Uninterruptible Power Supply 13 Standby Balteries: 7 AH Included * Door Relays: 10 Ante, Fonts C Control Relays: 2 Amp. Form C (requires REBS) 12 Alarm Relays: 2 Amp. Forst C LEDs: -Individual Relay Status - Battery (OK,. Low, Fail) -AC (OK. Fail) -System (OK. Fail) - Keypad/MATCH (Poll, Response) - SCRAMBLE WET (Poll, Response) -Test Mode - Alarm Events in Buffer - Box Tamper Alarm Physical • Door Tamper Switch • Medeco High Security Key Lack • Enclo.smr_: NEMA type, with con- duit knockouts & removable door • Dimensions: 22" H x 20" W x 6,25D- (55.9 cm x 51 cut x 15.9cm) 13 Expansion Boards: 6" H x 4.25"W x .75"D (15.2cm x I0.8cm x 1.9ctn) 69 Shipping Weight: 60Ibs (27.2kg_) IN Expansion Boards: I lb (.05kg) U Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 140° F (01 to 60° C) Iff Relative Humidity: 0 to 90%, non - condensing Listings & Approvals UL 294 Access Control Systems Units is Ul, 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Systems, Grade AA w CE Page 160 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Order•itig Ii7�`o m(itioti Coi7trollers Model # Description Comments M8N DIG]'TRAC MODEL- 81vr - Controls 8 Supervised Doors. 4000 Users, Includes 8 Door - 11 WAC 8 door relay~_ 8 Alarm Inputs (requires Line Modules). enclosure, pmvcrsupply- battery_tanipei switch. Medeco hock and S.NIB. Supports Expansion Boards, CE. Ut. Listed. 115VAC. Note: Add -230-to model number for230 VAC. Cit det-Ing Igfoi,7vaatioii. — Evp( 7sion Boal-(I� & Modej7i Model # Description Comments AEB8 Alarm Expansion Board - 8 Inputs Adds 8 additional high security alarm inputs. SNAP. SAM and MOMENTUM support up to 2 boards in M2. M8, MSP or M64. Velocity supports up to 4 boards in MI M8. MSP. M61 and tip to 2 boards in MI6. Each input requires appropriate Line Module. Features removable connectors. UL Listed. CF, REBS Relay Expansion Board - 8 Relays Adds 8 additional 2 Amp Fonn C relays to an M2. MS, M 16 or MSP -8R, May not be installed in tut M64. A total of 5 (=1 if net- worited) RE98 Boau"ds may be installed in all other DIGP'TR.AC controllers, Removable connectors & starts LEDs. UL Listcd. CE, MEB/BE Memory Expansion Board - Buffer Expands standard buffer from 1500 evenCs and 15(1) alanns to Expansion 20,(x)0 events and 20)0 algmis with CCM 7.X. Expands standard buffer front 37 events and 37 alarms (700 events and 700 alarms with CE boards) to 20.(x)0 events and 100) alums with CCM G,6. Protected from data loss during power failures for up to 30 days by controller mcmot bane a. LTL Listed. CE. MEB/CE16 Memory Expansion Board - CODE Expands CODE Memory from 4,0(X) to 8,000 tin Velocity and Expansion 4,000/16,000 MOMENTUM with CCM 7.X. Not recognized by SNAP or SAM with CCM 7.X. Expands CODE Memory from LUX) to 16.(10) max- imum with CCM6.X. Protected from data loss during power filhutis for up to 30 days by controllertnemory battery. UL Listcd, CE. MEB/CB64 Memory Expansion Board - CODE Expands CODE Memory by 64.(X10 (fi sin 4.(0(1 to 68.WO) with Expansion of 64,000 with Buffer CCM TX on Velocity and MOMENTUM. Not recognized by CCM Option 6.0 or earlier. A Poo ion of the Code Mcnun71 may be allocated to :farm and event Buffers on Velocity only. Protected from dicta loss during power failures for up to 30 days by controller memory bat- tery. CE. UL Listed. MEB/CB 128 Memory Expansion Board - CODE Expands CODE Memory by 128.0(x) (from 4000 to 132:(x)0) with Expansion of 125,000 with Buffer CCM TX on Velocity and MOMENTUM. Not recognized by CCM Option 6.6 or earlier. A portion of the Code Memoir, tray be allocated to alarm and event Buffers on Velocity only. Protecled from data loss during power failures for up to 30 days by controllct• memory hat- ter y. CE UL Listed. DM960OA-DL DIGFITRAC 9600 BAUD MODEM A miniature 9600 Baud Modem Assembly that can be powered from ASSEMBLY (Factory Set: Dial -Up & installed internally in )lie M L M2, M8, M16 or MSP for rcmtue site Line) management via dial-tipneMork. Includes cables, adaptor. & poster supply haniess. Do not use at Host PC or NET�MUX4 out port. Note: The DIGI' TRAC M8 controller can accommodate up to 5 expansion boards. Only one MEB/CE or MEB/CB is supported per controller. A maxinium of 4 AEBB expansion boards are supported per controller. T-..- .. . t Sperili�ations ;ire sahject to change a ithour nutirc. Global Headquarters 1900 Carnegie Ave., Bldg, B, Santa Ana. CA 92705 USA 949-250-8888 Fax 949-250-7372 www.HirschElectronics.conl Posaos-zos Page 161 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Features 0 High Security Alarm Inputs _% bine Supervision * MELM May Be Located Within Sensor * Monitors up to 3 Discrete Inputs - Alarm or Door Status - Alarm Masking or RequeSt-to- Exit (RQE) - Tamper Alarm. Tamper Secure Description Hirsch DIGI*TRAC controllers use very stable digitally -processed analog inputs with 2% line supervision for high security alarm monitoring. A line supervision module (DTLM, MFLM, or SBMS) is located at the door contact, alarm sensor, request - to -exit (RQE), or similar device to establish this supervision. In lieu of "shunting:' which turns off supervision. Hirsch uses "alarm masking," for full-time supervision and reporting of line status — even during hours of authorized access_ Conditions reported includc: * Alarm a Short Secure 2 Open IM RQE a Noise Hirsch Alcirin Line Modules provide high security line supervision rand alarm masking f inctionalit>> to DIGI*TRAC"` controllers. ® Mask K Line -Out -of -Spec 1W Tampering 9 Latch Monitorr<p,ti,,w For doors with access control, both monitoring and alarm notification are provided for: Door Forced Open * Door Open Too Long Auto Re -Lock Status Specifications Electrical Input 1: NO or NC (Alarm) * Input 2: NO (RQE) * Input 3: NC (Tamper- or Latch Monitor Option with CCM7.Ix) * Total Impedance: 10 Ohm maximum For alarm device contacLs and cable Wiring Distances to DIGI^TRAC for 22 gauge twisted shielded pair: -DTLM I/MELM1: 5490 t (1673 m) -DTLM2/h4FLM2: 3000 ft (9.14 m) - DTLM3/MELT43: 925 ft (282 m) Physical Dimensions: - DTLM 1: 2- I /S"L x 1-3/8" W x 3/8"H (5.5ent x 3.5cm x LI cni) each - DTLM2: 2-7/8"L x l -1/2"W x 3/8"H (7.5cnt x 3.7cm x 1.1 cm] each - DTLM3:.3-5/8" L x I-I/2"W x 3/8"H (9.3cm x 3.7cm x 11cut) each - MELMI: I" L x J/2" Dia. (2.5cm x 1.3cin) - MELM2: I "L x UT Dia. (2.5cm x 1.3cm) - MELM3: J"L x 1/2" Dia. (2.5cm x 1.3crn) -SBMS3:4-1/4"1_x 1-1/2"W0/4"H (10.8 em x 3.8 eat x 1-9 cm) each, with 3 ft. (92 cm) armored cable, ® Shipping Weight: - DTL 41: I Ib (.45kg) -DTLM2: Ilb (.45 kg) - DTLM3: 11b (.45kg) - MELMI : l lb (,45kg) - MELM2: I lb (.45kg) -MELM3: I lb (.45kg) -SBMS3: 21b (.9k,,) is Operating Temperature Range: 321 to l40°F (0� to 60°C ® Relative Hunudity: 0 to 90% non - condensing Listings & Approvals ® UL 294 (ALVY) Access Control Systems Units * UI. 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Systems Grade AA Page 162 of 193 DIGI'TRAD Supervised Input7ermrw F& -=,-el 000 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... C „ao mliG •.:On:, c q.e.- Isf RUE (21 s/.O ROF D?..:e iTema�er r21 DIGI'TRAC Supervlsed Input Terminal 0x36 ❑ ❑ O I�`�I�91IS71�9�C91i'71 I.Fr� I � ._ Typical Culrtrollei--it)-Lirie ,14r)drrli Wiring Diugrain Oi-deer i,� Itstbi inatioii rl T p=, S,,i n milli qD P°�O GtQ rO• M�M1i� tt1f/H r.9LL°11° r:°cry DIGI'T4hC Ui' nrrn pervisxn Me:l Iil Tprss��rW l8 -0[K Model # Description Comments DTLM1 D1GP^;TRACLine Module I Iinput for Alvriilaormonitoririg. Enables Auto-Relcxkfunction 4° on a door. Consists of MELM I prewired to one side (if,,l no rote tcrininalblok. Locate at door or devicesu>cn^ised. DTLM2 DIG111TRAC Line Module 2 inputs for Alamt/ Dor monitoring and ahuan mask/RQE. Enables Auto-Relock function on a door. Consists, of MELM2 prewired to one side of a two rnw terminal block. Locate at door or device su wised. DTLM3 DIGP`TRAC Line Ni Module 3 3 inputs foo, Alaim/Door monitoring, avant mask/RQE and tamper, Enables Auto-Rela:k function arta door. Consist, of MELM3 prewired to one side of a two row terminal block. Locate al door or device supervised. MFLM I Miniature Embedded Line Module I I input for Alann/Doormonitoring, Enables Auto-Relockfunction on to door. Includes 12" color coded flying leads. For installation within the bode of most alann senses. Locate at door or device supervised, NIE1-M2 Miniature Embedded Linc Module 2 2 inputs for Alamt/Doo)r monitotin, and alarm maakJRQE. Enables Auto-Relock function on a door, lncludes 12" color co ded flying leads.Fctr installation within the body of most alarm sensors. Locate at cloxtr or devicesupervised, MELM3 Miniature Embedded Line Module 3 3 inputs for Alarm/Door monitoring. alarm mask/RQE and tamper. Enables Auto-Reloc-k function on a door. Includes 12" color coded flying leaois. For installation within the body of most ala nn sen- sors. Locateat door or do,ice su wised. SBMS3-2707A Supervised Balanced Magnetic Switch Scntrol #i2707A-L14 with integral;MELN13, High -Security triple - with Line Module 3 biased dcorcontact eombims' 2% multistage line supervision, RQE curd TAMPER on a single pair of shielded Mres. UL Listed for vaults wid safes. Aluminum housing. aft anno ed cable. 3/I6 to S/$ inch gap. Includes Tcunper plate. Dote: 2% line supervision is aviilable on DTML3/MELM3. DTLM I/MELMI and DTLA42/WLM2 protide 49r line supenri.cion. 1:1HIRSCH' E L E C T R 0 N ICS Specilie-atiurri sn i'.arbjcet In changC ++itlulat Yotiac Global Headquarters 1900 Carnegie Ave., Bldg. B.. Santa Ana. CA 92705 USA 949-250-8888 Fax 949-250-7372 www,HirschElectronics.conl PD5003.203 Page 163 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Features EM Scrambling Display 0 Horizontal & Vertical Viewing Restrictors IM Multi -function Operator Interface – Access Control – Programrner's Terminal – Alain & Relay Control – Ovenide IiVAC, Lighting, etc. Immediate Availability of CcOes – No Waiting for Cards – Instant Authorizations Codes Are Free. Cards Cost Money * Dual Technology – Support I or 2 Readers – AutoSTART Scrambling Display * High Security 12 Microprocessor Rased im Mathematical Digitizing Algorithm - Hiah Security Transmission - Eliminates Facility Codes * 3 to 16 Digit Codes Digital Transmission Long Wiring Runs Multi -drop Connections * Audible Feedback Hirsch'sputerrted—ramhlePadfr.mil>>of'keypads acrd keypad+reader devices prevents stolen access codes using a numeral scranihiing technique and �kRsG viervin>; restrictors,An inegrated comactless prox/smart card reader enables a variety of card+code applications. The onhoard MATCHT" � (tholes fur connected readers (biometrics, etc.). The = r ke.jharl also gives operators remote s.vstem control. Description The Hirsch ScrannblePad is an access control reader delivering the additional bernetits of, remote operator control and tenant override functions. The ScramblePad provides it very high secu- rity approach to access because the digits are randomly scrambled each time the START button is pressed. A bystander c:urnot aquire the: code by seeing which buttons were pressed (pattern recogni- tion). No wear pattern develops on the buttons. Horizontal ;end vertical light guides narrow the viewing field so only one person directly in front of the key- pad can see the display. The SnamblePad uses a Personal Identification Number (PIN code) of 3 to 16 digits. The system administrator can (assign the digits or let die System randomly generate them. A different number of digits (code Ienath i may he concunrcntlr assigned to different groups for access control or otlrercuslom con- trol functions. Use of a memorized credential incurs that an incividuat cannot leave the cre- dential at home, as often happens with cards. Nor can another person copy the credential without the owner's krrovvl- edge. Since the credential is So Secure and traceable to it, owner, it is not likely to be loaned out. a constant risk with caul technologies. Thus each user is held accountable for his/her individual code use. The ScramblePad provides a universal reader interface fur analog or pulsed signal readers. The on -hoard SVDC power source powers most readers. Used with a conventiunal reader, the ScramblePad converts the cards raw code into a MATCH code, the Security code used by a Hirsch DIGT*TRAC cnitroller — without a need to decipher. This allows existing card access systems to be upgraded and made more intelligent without replacing existing cards and readers. Hirsch recrnninende existing cards he sent to Hirsch for evaluatinra. Page 164 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Tyre dual technology feature protects against last or Stolen cards by requiring it user to enter a code alien presenting a card. When dual technology is used. the ScramblePad may he contigurcd to operate card only. code only or card plus corse based on time of day or a specific individual. Remote Control by Extension Digits The use of "extension digits'" 311owS nuthrn'ized users to issue dozens of unique command functions - Examples include: • Door Unlock/Relock • Mask/Unmask Alantts ea Ann/Disarm Security Systems o After -Hours HVAC or Lighling Activation ® Remote Control of Mechanical or Electrical systems ea Elevator Floor Requests M Other C_'uStom Control Sequences Any code use provides an audit trail, identifying who issued each command. The same Scr niblePad used for access control can also issue function commands. High Security Communication Path The ScramblePad uses its own rnicro- procesSor intelligence to dreitize the code for transmission to a Hirsch DIGI 'TRAC controller. Digital trans- mission permits longer wiring runs between ScramblePad and coutrotler than are normally available with conventional technologies. The com- munication path also allows for multi -drop cotutectigns. This enables entrance and exit keypad,. as well as dual technology applications., nn the same cable. Programmer's Terminal The SeratnblePad also functions as a programming terminal for Hirsch DIGT*TRAC controllers. This pro- vides a complete. low-cost access control system kith uo need fora PC. Programming functions supported inciude: Typical Crtnlrollerao-Sc ramblePcrcllProrl5'nurrNSnrartPrn,r living Dictgranr * Add/Delete User Access Codes Assign Unlock/Relock Codes Assign Mask/Untnask Codes 13 Add/Delete Relay Control Codes (e.g., for elevators, HVAC, lighting) EN Add/Delete Time Schedules S Holidays Specifications Attributes Note: the ScromblePad finnih of prodrrcis is designrd to operate with a Hirsch controller, Im User Codes: 3 to 16 digits (user definable or r•andotnly generated) plus duress * Code Tamper Alarm * Display Pattern: — Secure Mode: Scrambled — Programming Mode: Normal. telephone keypad position ® Reader Types R Data Formats Accepted —ABA Mapietic Stripe — Wiceand (26 to 55 bit format) — Wiegand (2 l to 90 bit pass- through i0th DESFire Scramblesrmart) — Proximity — Bar Code — Touch Memory — Barium Ferrite — RF (Radio Frequency) — Biometric — Smart Card Electrical III Wiring Type: 2 pair. stranded, twisted, overall shield • Wiring Distance: Refer to con- troller specifications • Supervision: Digital Froin Controller • Wiring To Reader: Refer to reader Speeiticalions • Display: 7 segment — DS47L: Red LED — DS47L-HL'White incandescent • Annunciation: — Audible: 7 tone prompt on pre"— ing START, and I tone feedback for each button — Visual: 4 LEDs: Red. green, yellow. yellow Page 165 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Mounring At cessories ® Operating Power For DS47I_: — 40 mA @ 24VDC when non - illuminated — 125 rA C 24VDC when illuminated Nl wA @ 12VDCwhen nou- illuminated - 215nmA@ 12VDCMien illuminated ® Operating Power For DS471,-HI — 40 rnA Cu' 24VDC A hcn non - illuminated — 250 mA @ 24VDC when illuminated * Operating Power For DS471 SPX — 50 MA @ 24VDC when nun - ill umi noted — 135 mA nu 24VDC when illuminated Operating Power ForDS4L-SPX-Hl — 50 mA @ 24VDC when non- il luminatcd — 250 mA @24VDC when illuminated Reader Power: 2 terminals — 250tnA @ 5VDC Operating Power For SPSH-1 — 6tM) mA @ 24VDC * ScrambleProx Card Read Ran, -e: — 1.4 to 2.0 int (3,5 to 5,0 cm) tri ScrambleSmart Card Retrad Range: — 1.0 in. (? 5 c111) Physical • Physical T;unper AIarm • One -Piece Molded Kcy i acc IM Recommended Mounting Height_ AFF to centerline: — Standard rnountiu� height: 58" — ADA mounting height: 48" Requires appropriate Hirsch mounting box — Follow local codes Ea Dimensions: — Face: 5:75"H x 43771V (14.0cn)x11,11cm) — Body: 4.5"H x 3.5"W x 1.75"D (11.43 cot x 9.89 em x 4.28 cinl M Stripping Wcight: 21h. (.90kg) 13 Operating Temperature Range: — 0' to 140°F (-20° to 60°C) • Relative Humidity: 0 to 90% non -condensing • Viewing Restriction (Display Angle)! — DS47L ± 4' horizontal: ±26° vertical — DS471-411 ± 20` horizontal: ± 26° vertical Accessories MBI Flush Mounting Box MB2 Surface Mounting Box 1vIB2S Shallow Version of MB2 MB2.SI_ Sloped Surface Mounting Mounting Box. Slope Box (ADA) MB3 Heavy Duty Flush Heavy Doty Surface Mounting Box MB4 Heavy Duty Surface Listings & Approvals UL 294 Access Control Sv.teuls Units * C -UL Signal Appliances Page 166 of 193 Mounting Box MB5 Exterior. Heavy Duty Surface Mounting I3ox MBS heavy Duty Plush Mounting Box. Slope Front Face Pirate (ADA) MB9 Heavy Doty Surface Mounting Boa, Slope Front Face Plate (ADA) M1320 heavy Duty Conmho Surface Mounting Box (ADA) MB/FFP Flat Faceplate MB/SFP Slope Front Faceplate MR/SWS Shallow Wall, Semi- Iluslm Spacer Ring MP35 Mounting Post, 35'- 5"(88.9 (88.9cum) for curb mounting MP41 Mounting Post, 41" (104.1 cm) forground level mounting II MK Universal Mou iin,,,. Kit (requires MB2) (ADA) SPSH-1 SciatnhIcPad Space Heater Assembly_ for use with MB5, where temperatures drop below freezing Listings & Approvals UL 294 Access Control Sv.teuls Units * C -UL Signal Appliances Page 166 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Old f-iflg 17#61-7110t10117 Model # Description Cnlnnlents DS+71_ Scran,hirP'ad P:nenx•d, rambling di,phi% R, ieavtg rc inction. IIK 10ce audihle atmun,mlor-4.tela,LUD, ph)rtenl t:n»Jx•r *t, rich_ A1ni,urn't-dust din and LSD rr,-i,tnnt. hurlude, Srindarcl nNtn-cuatgnu :11 A`rCl I tunctinn 1nr I or rcaA�rc, fi1+1'IC'H nnrrnrlor. c,ith b" pr,�lail:,. Irnt.illsnYHnsrh mounn»g hn.es. tiLLi>,; <I. C1S. D517]. -I11 ScramblePad P:lonladWnInihltn,(Iisph,}&viewingre'lliction. Highmtcnailpdrxplrg^finin,edl:nionin high amhr ,.Iml)l -High lmcn,llc omrnnmetits.Ir. Irak_,:ardthicawntits•t:uor.4gmu,LED, ,�physrcal tmnpi•I's,Yilch. Morsturc. dusk din and I -SD re,i,tant. Includes .Sl:mtlaainxa,-eImon l MA'1('11 ful Knun R r 1 or 2 rcudrrrv. IlMaIN n, I linch mrnnuing Mixt.. (No T,QBi, -1—or i ranting his for exii,nor application,. 2 \ I A'1'CI d eoluxch,n ,eith 6' pieta;],. L 1_o1ed. (-Li. DS47 L -SPX Sminhicl'tox - HE) DS41-Sc-rarnhldf,J ,ith imepal Proxinvt rider and ctwcnna. 1 MA' I' CH eoOuaflor Vtjh (," p):t.nI. lna:JJ. in In-+ niouplabore-,. UM IIID 123 KI Iz-prt xinut) Band. DS471. SPX -131 So anthlrProx - I11D Ihgh intensity display vrrnion of DS47L-SPX ScInn hlel'rox. 1»,1011 in IIs h ;,in Neill nicht rm•irrnmtcms, in laII, iu - l tigh Wemily Htr>ch mounting hos,',. Use 11115. cxlcnor mountia2 ho., for ex17101 apph, ,lions. I MA-C('H conn vtoi till a" pigtail. U,e IIID t25 KIi7 promrthvc:ufk DS471-SPX-1 Scraml*Pmx - Indala DS471_ Scnunhlo Pad milli inlegrd Proximm r)ch•r and antenna. I MATCH convector with W' pigtail. In.ctU, in I lir h rnounonf! I,> c, Use Melilla ' -6 ha card.. DS471_-SPX-I-I1I .Scramble Pros- In,faln I{rgh inleruny disltltry cer:idu of DS47L SPX -1 Scmn,hleProx. Instal in high antb-1 light enzironineni<. hulalls - High 1111OW1111 it I larch mrunting Noxa,. Use MliS, extedor tnotmm"g bnz (ar eW11cir applicationv. 1 M.A'CCI I comtceti r tvilll (i' pi_IaiL lino. lrulala 26 lin cmii._ DS47I.-SS11-IIID ,Seran1hle5marlpr0,x_ DSa7L,l"cr:rnthlrPiidWith Vnibedded1225 KIT, prnxinrrrc:md1156Milli_ISO14443AS6conlactl•xssnlnn:a,d HID rcnd•r, and amejllrw- Rend PTV II Did Point, DESFirc lhincitional Pl V. "1 WIC (PIV applet), FIDS 2Ulwttvpliant CAC 1 SO. T. r'_ I, hf1FARF1DHShre card ncriat number (IF 9,hr CS"' nutptr i, (CLASS. auti HID 125KHz lin .pnury lnclu(tc.: NIATCT I1 lutxrronnhl I MATCH canmru,r„"11h6 pigtail IiwdlLin]finch mounting ,ow, 0,1142 GI dial a t. L'•i F11\ 11 DES)•iTc,l) uixhinnA 111. -1"WiC . 11PS 20 11 CAC, M117ARF` i (',SN). DI Shire (C;SN3-TCI-ASS. and'!or HID 125K I lz cards. D1,471:.SF'-1 IID -I IT Scr¢mthle5mniipn,x - I ligh int li'm, dkplpx venion of DS471 SS' -1111) ScrumhlesmmriProx. I imallinhrgh ainhient liEhl erivi,onni-t, 1'LID -131 hi'lalla In liir-v-h mounting haxas (MR, I f..e \4145. "menor mounting box e lirWnOl appliratinns. I M.-VECl J eotnin:tnr t,iIh W pigtail. LL e ?JV 11. UESPiic Tran,rlinn:d I'IV.'I'R4C MPS 261-compli,uu CAC. \911=.1RE iCSNI. DES Fire (CSN), iC I,A SS, Ind/or I I70 125 Kr card,. DS47L-SSI1-IIIllSN Scr2mhIeSm:u'q'rox- D"01, Sc.a bleflad,vith cuilvdded 129 KI Ix p oxmtit, cald 13 56 Vill, ISO 1-1449AB:B cent cl s, mran Calif i lID - SIN reads r. and arwi n,a.. Reads NIFARLIDiiSf ut. r nrd send ntnnbcrn it IID i2 -bit CSN output), lel-ASS, and I-ITD 125 KI -17 prmlmip•. Include, %IATCH2 ImxnioncdiA'- I MATCH conneclor with 6` piped. Installs in I]ira•h nlWunling hoxe, (M142 or deeper). UK NIII:ARE (L'SN), DI.SFiw (CSN).,CLASS. to rVor 1111) 125 KHz rands. DS471-S.SRIiiD-SN-111 Sc'rimMcSmatil'rox- high merit dkplayverswirofDS471.-SSP-HIDSNSrramMeSm;utl ax- hstallinhizilambienllighrenviramunt, fill) - SN - Ill (malls rn Ili -Ir moulding hcizes [MR2 or deeper), l rar N4145, exterior pinuntiuc hox Liu exterior application). I MATCH connector with 6•' piparl. Use MIFARE iCSN). DESI Fire iCSN I, r(7(..ASS, and/or1111) 125KItz carts,. DS -1'11= S5 -BT ScrainhloSmarl - I3Q1' DS47L &'rtwhleHad with integral MWARF mail card resderand antenna I MATCII connector with C"prl=[nil. Mit-ax I'malh in I lir-ch mounting hose, U,e BQT NUFARE carrf, DS47I_-SS-B1'-DF Sel'ntl,hlosilam -BQT DSa71_Scrunlilei':rdwill I,,,7A01SFuesrnartCarLITeaderand anlenra.IMA'iCH,omrenon,nhh6"lepatil- D1-.SRirc h„t:dk in Ilirseh mounting htew,. tl,e BQT NBFARE DESFire canis_ DS471_-SS-13T-1i1 ScramhUsillart- BQT I ligh intensity di:pl ly version of D547L_,N_ 3"1.5eralnhkSrn0rL ln,tull Sri high anthienl ligln t•rn•umnmenty. Ali'."arc- I11 111,1011, in 11ir-- 11 moaning hazes. U,e MBS, exterior mounfing lnox f'or exlerior appl-at ns. I NIATCI I co iwooi ctl, 6" piglail. Use RQ I' MI(%AXLE,aids. DS471_-S.S-BT-I11-DF Scmn,hlr Snlart - 13Q'I• Iligh mien,ity dispia, ve ion of DSa7L-SS-IiI:DF Scmrnbm leSan. Install in liigh;m,hieul lighteuvirultmcnN. DESC•tre - I If halal], In HimAl motmting froxes. Ustc MB5. exlenar mounliug hot for eslerinr applicatinns. I MATO I conneoor with ti' piglail. Uee R('�"I' h7IPAFiE DhSF7re -r6. NOTE: The DS471_ supports dual lechoolog) cnhy. cart) reader axil_ For dual technalog enln' and dual lechnnlWgy exit use Two DS471-units. CIG"t tiE : colrtr,c_en wr W, cots ME 1:1HIRSCH" E L E C T R 0 N ICS Specifications arc snhjeo In change ,wihoul nolo. © 2(11X) Dirsoh Fkctrnnitt Corp. All R3,_ht< Re,vlvcd_ DIP SWITCH SETTINGS SW 1-4 =ADDRESS SP,' 5 OFF, SW 6 OFF = MATCH CISABLED SW 5 OEF.SW 6 ON =MAG STRIPE r,,24@C pave Vfke DEMW SW 50N.SW 60FF WIPGANDAMPARITYj SW 5ON. SW 5 O = WIEGAND (WO PARWO SW?ON = READER 2 ENABLED SWSON =TAMP.ER ENABLE SW 9 OFF SW 10 OFF=AUTOSTART SW' 9 0N.SW 1p OFF - MANUAt. STAR- SW 9 OFF• SN ICON = TEST 1 SW90N,SW10 ON=TEST2 Global Headquarters PIN ABA WIEGAND COLOFI 1 DATA I WHITE 2 STRAP STRAP BLACKWitTE 3 CLOCK A GREE 4 LrD LFD BROWN 5 +5V -5V RED E GND GND RLACI READER CONNECTOR - 12 `LYING LEAL'S 1900 Carnegie Ave., Bldg. R Santa Alla, CA 92705 USA 949-250-8888 Fax 949-250-7372 www.HiTschElectronics.com PDs001-30s Page 167 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... atlM+rµVAl,�n Gedgil�y f A,tt ,Titt:iFn� 5�,�, wonsws� vtur�:;a;nn wo.�mipn a s,u P Features * lateroperability - XMUAPI Enabled AES (Rijudael) Encryption Options * DVR Interface * Optimized for Windows` Server 2()03/XP/Vista * MS SQL Scrvcr 2(X).5 Database - Runtime version included Multi -Monitor Support * Controller Communications - TCP/IP (AES wvith SNIB2) - Serial Port - Dial-in/Dial-out * Dynamic Status Viewer with Control ® Dynamic Graphic Objects - For Status. Alarm & Control By Point or By Zone Imported Map Drawings Photo Capture, Photo Badging and Photo/Data Call -Up International Language Options im Online Diagnostics a Scheduling Wizard is Email/XML/RSS Alarms & Events • Data Import/Export Wizard • Multiple Car'denlials - Leeacv Reader Migration r. PIPS'_O1 Compliant HIRSCH Security Management System /.,. Wlocity is ntcnutgement software for access control mid sectu-it,, op era tc ions. Seandetis it tegre tion of door contra 1, alm-117 nrotritrring, credential enrollment, photo hartlginq, video, dynamic graphics, daiubase munogement and tutorials Yields an ease to tine and etuy to install system suitable.for a single door or tilt enterprise. Velocity- utilt,�es Hirsch '% DIGI*TRAC controllers in a distributed processing architecture to ensure system reliability- for the simplest to the most mission critical applications. Description Velocity tuns on Microsoft` Windows Server 2003. XP ov Vista operating systems and can reside on a local area nem,o'k (LAN) or wide area network (WAN)- XP Pro and Vista are used fur the Single User and Client Workstations, and Windows Server 2003 is uud for the Server. Velocity uses Microsoft SQL Ser=er 20)5 database, The followino modules make up the User Interface: Administration (Explorer formal) * Velocity Configuration ES DIGI'TRAC Configuration Interfaces Conliguration I Alarm Vietvrer a Video Explorer ® Badge & Graphics Designer M CCTV Camera Viewer ® Customization Manager in Enrollment Manager Event Viewer 13 Grapltie% Report Manager EM Status Viewer 13 Who's Inside F, SQL Manager * Schedulino Agent * Tutorials & Help * Diagnostics The Graphical User Interface IGUI) is user configurable by the Operator and returns at log -on to the screen layout left at log -off. Many modules and components can be docked (top. bottrnn, left or right), ov floated to another monitor in a multiple monitor configuration. Page 168 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Operator Management Velocity uses Windows Active Directory and RBAC (Role Based Access Control) for initial Operator Authentication. The Nuuue & Password used to log onto the operating system also assigns operator privileges within the Velocity application. Privileges are "partitioned" to six cific Roles, Roles establish what an operator can door can nee, and what workstation they Can access when. Role partitioning includes data, system topology, person:, credentials. and Routing GrnupS for alarms & events. Enrollment Manager The Enrollment Manager consists of three pane.,: Personnel, Personal lnformamon, and Credentials. The Personnel Panc is used to add.. delete. or navigate to Persons or Person Groups. Person Groups we used to partition Personnel into logical units, viewed only by specific Operator Roles. The Credential Parte is used to assign Credentials to a Person. Each Credential in the. Parte displays Function. Status, Expires On. Last Access Time, Last Door, Tag Status. Alert Status and the card Hot Stannp Reference Number. The Personal Information Prate contains the person's name (Salutation. First, Middle. Last, Suffix). Photo, Signature - 999 User Defined Fields (UDFs, assignahie to 10 role -restricted tabs). a Person Groups tab. and Additional Image Fields. The user can define the labels, their color_ and whether a field is mandatory for can support standard text entry, or enforced drop-down list of en tries, or a drop-down list of entries with the ability to enter text. UDFs can be used for address, phone number, hair color. medical information. training statistics, emergency contact. company, expiration date. etc, User defined fields can be popuiatcd from scanners such as business card_ driver's license, passport and PIV smart card scanners. Or. they can be inherited from a Person Template populated with predefined UDF data. The Multi -Person Edit feature chztnges specific UDF values across a selection of Personnel. One or more Credentials can be assigned to a Person. with the option to use a linked or unlinked Credential Template, A Credential Template is used to create a new Credential rising predefined parameters. A change in a pararfrctcr of a Linked Credential Template will change all the parameters of linked Credentials. Each Credential can be a different technology*y such as: Wieland, SeramblePad'. Proximity, Magnetic Stripe. Bar Code. Biometric, or Smart Card (MIFARE. DESFire, P1V). Credential parameters include: M Linked Credential Template ra Badge Template L, Activation & Expiration Dates Card, Code, Dual. Code+Curd. Cade+Dual, Card+Dual. All * Functions (Access. Relay. Alarm. Password. Special) with associated Door Group or Control Function M Limits (including global) for Day. Use, and Absentee - with Auto - Delete Option Im Two Person Rude with A, B, and Executive Designations to Threat Authority Level • User Tagging & Alerts Im Dtu'ess Operation ® Special Needs Time Extension A Door Group is a global list of autho- rized readers with associated Time Zones. Control Functions for Relay and Alarm also provide for time based con- trol functions such as Trigger, Force On Lock Down, Mask, Stan Exit Timer— even a Special Function to set the Threat Level in designated controllers. Cosmo[ functions can be used for security measure, or for control of elevators. I ►VAC. lighting. etc. A credential can perform multiple functitntti, but only one function per controller. The Enrollment Manager allows the operator to capture images such an Photo'.. signatures, fingerprints or dr h'er's licenses from a tile. a TWAIN device (e.g_ a scanner) ora video camera for use with a printed badge. The photo can be used Nviih Photo Call -Up on selected d iws in alarms; to display who is going through the door. Data Import/Li xport Wizard The Data Import Wizard takes supplied data from a delirnited file (.txt or .c%v) and inserts new people and photos into the personnel database, builds creden- tials from templates. and automatically downloads credentials to the controllers. Personnel data, credential information, and images are easily exported to a delimited textfile (flat tile) with the Data Export Wizard. XML & API Interoperability The Velocitv Web Server is XMi, enabled to accept a variety of Velocity commands from 3rd party applications and to return responses and lists to those applications. The XML Writer can route selective or all alsr,ns and events over designated TCP/IP ports. Velocity call also utilize Microsoft Message Queue for encrypted, guaranteed delivery of the XML datastream. An Application ProgrunmingInterface ( APs) allows exchange of Person and Credential information with a 3rd party application. The XMLIAPI Software Development Kit (SDK) is ordered separately. Alarm 'Monitoring Velocity presents alanns in both the Alarm Viewer and Graphics. From either. an operator can acknowledge an alarm and enter notes or select a prede- fined response for accoutnfability and a permanent record. The user may define the alauni priority (99 levels), as well as Page 169 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... text and/or aucho ('WAV) instructions by Alarm Type orAlarut Point. The AIarm Viewer has dedicated panes for now and Acknowledged Ahu ms with ctdummns for Description. Acknowledged Time_ Workstation Acknowledecd From and Who Acknowledged. Each alanmr entry has an icon to indicate the current alann! iiornal status, available DVR clips, and it counter to indicate multiple instances. Active and Acknowledged Alarms. with counts, are shown in the status liar at the bottom of the main window. The Alarm Viewet can be configured to pop up on a new alarm or to be launched by double clicking the coumters. Status Viewer The Status Viewer provides dynamic infor- mation for user selected groups of points. Status, alarm.masking and other data are available for every point in the system. Control functions are also available. Graphics and Badging For consistency, Velocity uses the same integrated axils to create badges and Photo Call-up templates. or construct graphic pages. such as floor plaits. Badge and Photo Call -Up templates are createdby dragging Objects from the Object Library onto a "canvas." Objects include photos, signatures. and text which are linked to ire User Defined Fields and Images in the Personnel database. Rich customization options include fonts, colors (text, line and till), grouping. justification and resizing. Graphics supports imported drawings using file formats (dxf, bop. tivmf. eirif_ jpggif) typically available as exports from AutoCAD. Visio and other drawing packages. Objects fbi status and control. embedded onto the drawings. represent Ports, XBoxes. Modems. Controllers. Doors. Readers, Inputs. Relays. DVRs. Cameras. Control `Lodes, Graphic Links and Command Sets. Objects are dragged and dropped from the Topology Tree in the Object Libnuy onto discrete layers in it Graphic- The user is able to edit or create their own "ntte"rated" objects_ Custom en)Nddcd links for AXIS 1P cameras raid HTML web pages are also supported. Vcl (m gran, Dist) ibiae l Prr�r{ asfrr,� >u Mal ail i on"ioi jam riollS ltlY' t'OP Policr rt�air&-iris Operator Control An operator can issue commands from the Graphics window. the Status Viewer or the Administration window by right clicking an object and selecting- tion a pop-up menu. Commands include: * Momentary Access. Unlock or Relock Trigger Mask, Unmask. of Momentan° Mask im Force On, Force On Release in Force Off, Force Off Release a Lock Dow -n. Lock Down Release E3 Lock Open, Lock Open Release 19 View Cameras Event Viewer Velocity provides real -tine and historical event monitoring fiam the Event Viewer_ The Event Viewer has coltumns for the Host Date and Titne.the Description of the Event and the system address of the source of the event. The Controller Dale and Time can be added when the controller is in it different time zone than the Host (server). Custom Event Filters can be created with criteria for Pott, XBox Controller. Point and Event: Hundreds of predefined events include: operator activity, alanns_ changes of state, system initiated chanees and system states changes. Report Manager Velocity has more than 75 standard reports under the following groups: * Customization Relxms * DIGl''PRAC Configuration History Logs * Person Information * Velocity Configtilation By default. Velocity has a wide-open criteria and ascending sort order by most significant field_ Custom criteria and sort putameters can also he selected to create virtuaj custom reports. Custom reports can be derived from standard reports or created using Crystal Reports' (V Once _ene, ated. it report inay he pre- viewed,printed , sent via email or saved in a variety of Tile formats ('CSV. PDF. RPT_ XLS, RTF. XML. TXT, etc.). The AdrniniWation Window The Administration Window presents the software ( Velocity Configuration) and the hardware fDIGI'TRAC Configuration) in an expandable/collap- sible Windows Explorer -type display. Control and Edit functions ;are available by right cticking an itmn and selecting from a pop-up menu. Each tierin the system — Server/Workstation, Pott Type, Port. XBox (if present), Controller. Devices (,Inputs. Relays. Readers. Doors, etc.) — has tabbed property sheets avai tabic for setup and configuration. The Add New Controller wizard provides for it quick setup of the DIG11 TRAC controllers by populating the database with default parameters and alloca ling the full complement of Readers. Inputs, Relays, and Doors. Alternatively, the setups may be uploaded or cloned from all existing conboller or exported in XML for import into a controller in another Velocity system. 7be "Add New" function is used throughout Velocity to go directly to another program element and back which makes it ea,�y to add a new Time Zone, Door Group. etc.. without having to "back out' of you,- current ourcurrent dialog. Scheduling Agent The following tasks can he scheduled to tun one time or on a recurring basis: archive history logs. hack -up database. dial-up remote controllers, print or email reports, import/ export data. execute command sets, and more. CCTV & DVR Integration Velocity interfaces with CCTV matrix switchers and Digital Video Recorders. Both are launched for live viewinLl by an icon on the main tool bars Matnx "Witcher cameras cern also be launched from Graphic objects. The Viewers Provide for Pan. Tilt, Zoom, Iris. Focus and AntoPan control from a mouse or keyboard. For live vieiving of DVR cameras. i unique Video Explorer Page 170 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... suppons multiple View Groups created bN; dragand droll of catneras to a grid of 1. 4, 9. or 16 cameras. Trigger/Action wppoll allows selection of a device (e.g.. a door) and associated event (e.g.. Access Denied. Unescorted Visitor) to trigger a resulting Action. For tnatrix savitcher cunleras. Actions could Invoke camera Preset fr 3, or call camera 1 to monitor 2. For DVR cameras. Actions set a alae in the DVR for later playback. Stored video can he accessed from the Alarm Viewer. an alarm list in the DVR, or the Event Ilistory Viewer. Search and retrieval of alarm clips can he done by camera, and by start and end date/time. Selected alarm clips can he uploaded to Velocity fon' permanent storage and local playback_ The Play Video Window supports frame selection. variable Speed, pause, image enhancement lgo]s. print and export to AV] and JPG files. S )ec• frcotir TIS PC Minimum Requirements a Pentium 4.2GHz. 4OGB hard drive. CD-ROM ..sound card and spo aker for AVI or WAV options. SVGA (XGA recommended) monitor iia RAM: Client orworkstation: l2MB for XP: I 6 plus 128MB video card for Vista. Server: IGB plus 40MB per active client O derilig 11rforniatiora Operating System 32 or 64 hit Platform; 19 Velocity single -user workstation or client: Windows XP Pro SP2 or Windo4'ti Vista (BusiucssrFntei pri seX] timate) * Velocity server_ Windows Server 2(9)3 SPI or Windows Server 20)3 R2 Redundant Server supported Database MS SQL Server 2005 Express (included) or MS SQL Server 2005 (not included) * Velocity supports splitting the database and application servers 13 Server io Server data encryption Communications • Communication Ports: 1024 • LAN/WAN: Ethernet TCP/111. Wireless Ethernet (802.11 h/n) LAN IIF to XBox or SNIB Direct to SNIB2 (includes XBox functionality): X*-NET2 AES encryplion • Serial Port: RS -232 X*NET to XBox S*NET SCRAMBLE= NET''" encryption to SNIB - X'NET2 AES encryption to SNIB2 • Dial-up: RS -232 Serial Port to nxidem. S' NET protocol to SNIB t9 Enrollment Station: RS -212 • Entail: SMTP for Alarms and Evcnis in text or HTML • Parallel Printers: Repos (page). Alarm/Event (line) and Photo Badging (Magicarrl Turbo. Rio. Tango, Rio2, Tango2. Tango -i -L; Zebra P420i, P520i ) im V ideo capture via Video Capture Card or USB TWAIN device 13 CCTV: RS -232 Serial Pore to Matrix Sw'itchcr: Pelco 6700/6100740. Vicon 1300?1400,AD2150,Burle TC8100. Panasonic 550 - Video Input: Video Capture Card 0 DVR: TCP/IP for video and control to DVR: AD DV 1()0(0/8000 Ultra, or NDVMS.8 live or playback clients. to Network cameras: AXIS for Live Video DIGI*TRAC Controller Support • CCM: Version 7.4 or later • Downloadable firmware Ell 63 controIlerschannel -NETs'M1JX4required for > 16 El Credentials: 132.000 M Passhack: 65 nested zones 1Z MtxleLs supported: M lN, M'2N, M2N2. MBN. M8N2, MI GN, M16N2. MSPN, MSPN2. M04N and M04N2 IT Globalization for 1/0, pas zback. and user limits via XBox or SNIB2. User limits include absentee limits, use count limits and day limits Listings cC ApprovnLs, H UL 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarn) Systems, Grade AA FIPS 197: NIST #482 Model Description Comments NISI- Velocity Soft vane - Vekxily Setvcr,nd Client application sof fare. (1) instal, Single Uwr. Scrticr, or Client Scry •r >uptxms kip 10 For Sen er and 999 clienr .also-meluded. Far networks (if Dl(i1^ TRAC contrahers (CCTi-F Vewon 7_k_ orlrielxr)_EnrolJmcne, Plinio Radrmg.TJ}m:arae('ry)hres.Al.un<F��cots.('nnnolllistnry_w6�t.In.ule,1''ro��r.mvuing.mdEditin_. RcniUlcC)icnls - Runson Altmdotax. XP PnrJV i. to {Sinrle U:cr or Client mcxlcl, or )Arindow, Semec 21Kl;i (Server mode). Sin_'ie Usur or Solum modus require SQL Server 2[105 (not included'r or SQL Server 2W5 E. pn�'s (includ d). Includes CD-RON1.In.;tu11 Guido & NTT' ADAPT. SDK forXNE)APt not included. Now: Add -'-230" to model number for 230VAC NFT"ADAPT. Suppnn fnr A' indoor :s V istn. Or_eunizutiona Units. trod fi'lbir platform rcquirec and nti- hzes the Velocilr "update fo�ahue. 1:1E L E C T R D N I C S 21Ur Hi—h Flrrlamics Ump All Right,sed. 5peci-110.-r snhjra nt chdmge» andm 101ke. Glubal Headquarters 1900 Caniegic Are .13uildine 13 Sail \ria, ("A 92705 USA 7 r1 +t 949-2,�0 8889. F cx +I c) -t9-250-7372 E -maul: infoChir'sehclecimnics.eom N'rb: %v% t" .HiaxhElcctronicc.conl Hirsch H 11IF,A V it, -S+In C n ln. l l/ X0017 Rho tbll). Imly Te I +.-_ 9 02 9318 087$. Fas: +"9 02 x30 5903 E -mad_ lnloC hh'schcmea_conl &'eb: www T1ns,ht4X16A.com PD501 a -o07 Page 171 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 172 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be Smooth Surface Dimensions 4'x 6' x 3132', 4'x 10'x W32' `Also availabte in 4' x 9' K WT 14 9rTIT 11) 1 �l Light4r vus A Page 173 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 174 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Fjim ra DRAINED EIFS - GEOMETRICALLY DEFINED DRAINAGE CAVITY NON-COMBUSTIBLE CLADDING - ULC - EW 21,ULC - EW 22, ULC - EW 23 ARCHITECTURAL FINISH COAT • ELASTOMERIC SERIES FINISHERS CHOICE SERII -DUREX MARBLECOAT 1.0,1-5. -DUREX VENECIAN -DUREX GRAFFIATO -DUREX SMIDEX _DUREX STUCCO SPRAY _DUREX RA TO -DUREX PEBBLE FLOAT -DUREX CROMATEX -DUREX SAPPHIRE -DUREX STONETEX PRIMER (OPTIONAL) -DUREX BRUSH COAT FIBERGLASS MES EMBEDDED IN BASE COA' -DUREX MESH (040 STAN MIN.15291m' -DUREX MESH (039 STAN MIN. 168g/m' BASE COAT -DUREX UNIPLAST W/ DUREX AGRYDOND "S" -DUREX MONOBASE -DUREX FLEXCRETE DUREX QUANTUM SELECT VENT BOARD NOTE: PLEASE CONSULT WITH YOUR DURABOND TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR SELECTION OF THE APPROPRIATE COMPONENTS TO SUIT YOUR SPECIFIC APPLICATION. ;ONCRETEFORM SEAM TAPE ,TER RESISTIVE LEXCRETE CTOFLEX ON MEMBRANE LEX SEAL LAST -0 -FLASH IFS TAPE FRAME 'ION ADHESIVE -EXCRETE ONOBASE IULATION UANTUM SELECT ION BOARD DUlWDn I��! -CCMC EVALUATION REPORT N213103 -R HEAD OFFICE: 55 UNDERWRITERS ROAD, TORONTO, ON, Mi R-334 TEL: 416-759-0474 FAX:416-7594470 .CANlULC S101-M89-CAN/ULC5114-M85 WESTERN OFFICE: 14345 120 6 AVENUE, EDMONTON, AB, T5L-2R8 TEL:78U-451-6364 FAX:786453-9056 wwwdurabond.com Page 175 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... PART1- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. All conditions of the contract and Division 1, General Requirements apply to this section. 2. All work shall meet applicable codes and standards, the Occupation Health & Safety Act, manufacturer's recommendations and good building practice. 3. System Description: Durex Quantum ICF is a pressure moderated, Exterior Insulation and Finish System that includes the installation of Durex Quantum Select over an approved Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) substrate, which is coated with a water resistive barrier. This system is intended for use on buildings where the Building Code allows the use of fire -tested wall assemblies which include combustible foam plastic insulation. SPEC NOTE The Designer must decide whether the wall assembly of this structure requires an air barrier or an air/vapour barrier. Durabond Products Ltd. recommends that an air/vapour barrier (such as our Durex Green Guard) is required when more than 2/3 of the R -Value is located outward of the assembly. 1.2 COORDINATION Ensure that the work of this section is coordinated with the work of related sections. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS .1 Insulating Concrete Forms Section 031119 .2 Poured Concrete Walls: Section 03300 .2 Unit Masonry Walls: Section 04200 .3 Load Bearing Studs: Section 05410 .4 Air barrier: (other than air barrier specified in this Section): Section 07196 .5 Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim: Section 07600 .6 Sealants: (other than sealants specified in this Section): Section 07900 .7 Windows & Doors Section 08500 .8 Cement board/glass fibre faced gypsum sheathing: Section 09200 1.4 DESIGN CRITERIA .1 Substrate Sheathing/Substrate System: .1 Apply Durex Quantum ICF to one of the following recommended substrate sheathings or substrate system or approved equivalent: .1 Outer face of Insulating Concrete Forms .2 Cement Board as per ASTM C1325 .2 Glass fibre faced gypsum sheathing conforming to ASTM C1177 .3 Fibre reinforced gypsum sheathing conforming to ASTM C1278 SPEC NOTE Sheathing/substrate system type and condition shall be approved by Durabond Products Ltd.. Questionable substrates to be reviewed by Durabond Products Ltd. and/or the Designer. DUIVU100 min) 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1 R 3B4 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 1 Page 176 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... .2 Sheathing shall be engineered with framing to resist required wind loads, with a maximum design deflection of substrate not to exceed U240 times the span. .3 Sheathing substrates shall be installed in accordance with the sheathing manufacturer's lasted installation instructions and installed in general conformance with ASTM C1280. Sheathing joints shall be properly staggered, offset by at least one framing member. Sheathing shall be: .1 Installed with fasteners tight and flush to the sheathing surface and shall not be countersunk. .2 Replaced where damaged or weathered. .4 Cast -in-place and pre -cast concrete shall be at least 28 days old. .5 Unit masonry and brick veneer shall be at least 28 days old and have mortar joints struck flush or recessed. 6 All substrates for Durex Quantum ICF shall be free of surface contamination, including (but not limited to): dirt, form release agents, efflorescence, oil, chalkiness and cracks greater than 1 mm. .1 Ensure substrate is flat within 2 mm/m (1/4" per 10'), as per ASTM C1397 .2 Water Resistive Barrier (WRB) SPEC NOTE Designer to indicate if water resistive barrier shall act an air barrier or as an air/vapour barrier. A water based water penetration barrier which is applied by trowel and is reinforced, with a fiberglass mesh, across the entire ICF substrate including interfaces, i.e. sheathing joints, dissimilar substrates and transitions. This system includes a cold -applied self -adhering styrene butadiene based membrane reinforced with a polyester mesh, spray -in-place polyurethane foam and/or sealant according to Section 07900 of this specification. .3 Projections .1 Ensure termination of Durex Quantum ICF at roof parapet is covered with a continuous waterproofing membrane and sheet metal cap that is coordinated with the roofing contractor. .2 Conform with the following guidelines for length and slope of inclined surfaces: .1 Minimum slope (6:12), maximum running width of projection of 305mm (12") .2 Minimum slope (3:12), maximum running width of projection of 102mm (4") SPEC NOTE Where Durex Quantum ICF is to project out from the exterior wall plane, it should be sloped to deflect rain water & resist snow accumulation. ASTM C1397 recommends a minimum slope of 6:12, however, wall areas that are less exposed could have a slope of 3:12, if the Designer deems appropriate. Projections that are partially enclosed or situated beneath overhangs may have a more modest slope, if the Designer deems appropriate. .3 Durex Quantum ICF shall not be used for areas defined by code as roofs. .4 Sealant System 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1R 3134 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 2 Page 177 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... .1 Joints in Durex Quantum ICFshall be sealed using an elastomeric sealant with a closed -cell foam backer rod or bond breaker tape, as specified in Section 07900 and as tested to ASTM C1382 .2 Minimum joint width: shall be four times greater than the anticipated range of movement. Sealant shall be applied in a width to depth ration of (4:1), (3:1). (2:1) as recommended by the Sealant manufacturer. .3 Sealant installation shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C1481. SPEC NOTE Recommended joint width is 19mm (3/4' for expansion joints, however, site and design conditions may require the nominal width to vary .5 Expansion and Termination Joints .1 Provide two stage sealant joints at all expansion and termination joint locations. The inner joint seal is not required if the water penetration system is continuous behind the outer joint seal and /or penetrations. .2 Sealant Joint Venting All two stage sealant joints shall be vented: 1 Horizontal joints shall be vented at not greater than 1.2m (4'-00") on center 2 Vertical joints shall be vented at not greater than 3m (10-00") on center and/or at not greater than 50mm (2") below the intersection of vertical and horizontal joints. SPEC NOTE The designer shall determine the spacing and amount of drainage and/or venting required for a particular system. Note, the venting is only required at points where gravity -induced drainage is expected to occur, hence, roof parapets and the underside of window sill flashing would not require sealant vents. .2 Expansion joints are required at the following locations: .1 At movement joint locations within the substrate .2 At building movement joint locations .3. At floor lines of all wood frame structures and as required by the structural design of other framing types .4 At junctions with different cladding materials and components .5 At changers in roof line, building shape or structural system .6 At changes in substrate materials .7 At all other locations specified or indicated on Drawings .3 Termination joints are required at the following locations: .1 All terminations of Durex Quantum iCF with windows, doors and through -wall penetrations shall be sealed. .6 Fire Resistance Durex Quantum ICFis intended for use on non-combustible construction, in compliance with the National Building Code of Canada in accordance with: .1 CAN/ULC-S101-M89, Standard Methods of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials. � 00MM 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1 R 364 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 3 Page 178 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... .2 CAN4-S114-M80 (R1985), Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non -Combustibility in Building Materials. 1.5 SUBMITTALS .1 Product Data .1 Submit Durex Quantum ICF specifications and individual component data sheets to show compliance to the intent of the design specifications, and installation instructions. .2 Submit approvals and/or evaluations applicable to the system and/or components to be installed. .2 Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings in accordance with requirements specified in Division 1 Clearly indicate dimensions, tolerances and materials in large-scale details for terminations, drainage/venting, description of related and abutting components and elevations of units with locations of expansion joints, control joints, and reveals. .3 Samples Prior to application of mock-up, submit duplicate 150mm x 200mm (6" x 8") representative colour samples of each colour and finish coat texture. .2 Maintain an approved sample at the project site. .3 Closeout Submittals .1 Durabond Products Ltd. maintenance, repair and cleaning procedures .2 Durabond Products Ltd. material warranty as per section 1.9 .3 Workmanship warranty by EIFS applicator as per section 1.9 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE .1 Qualifications Work of this Trade shall be executed by a qualified applicator approved by Durabond Products Ltd. Applicator shall have EIFS Mechanics who have been trained in the most recent application procedures and shall have a minimum of 5 years of proven satisfactory experience in this type of work, having proper equipment and skilled personnel to expediently complete work of this Trade in an efficient and very best workmanlike manner. .2 The EIFS manufacturer shall be a member of the EIFS Council of Canada in good standing. .2 Mock -Up Construct full mock-up of Durex Quantum ICF system demonstrating method of attachment, water resistve barrier, insulation adhesive, insulation, reinforcing mesh, base coat, coloured finish lblit'-� 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1 R 364 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 4 Page 179 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... texture and all typical components and typical connections to opening (windows, doors etc.) and roofing assemblies. .2 Mock-up to be constructed to dimensions and in location specified by the Designer. .3 Mock-up shall serve for initial review purposes by the Consultant and when accepted shall represent the minimum standard for work. .4 All materials used for mock-up shall be in strict accordance with this Specification. .5 Accepted mock-up may remain as part of the work. .4 Pre -Installation Meeting .1 Attend pre -installation meeting to be scheduled by the Consultant or General Contractor on site. .2 Representatives of the Owner, Consultants (Architect or Engineer), General Contractor, third party inspector, Durabond Products Ltd., EIFS applicator, substrate manufacturer and contractor, sealant manufacturer and contractor and window manufacturer and contractor shall attend to review contract documents and site conditions. .5 Field Quality Control .1 The Owner's representative ( Architect, Engineer or third party inspector) shall examine and monitor the installation of Durex Quantum Select for compliance with specifications, drawings, shop drawings and generally accepted good building practice. .2 Durabond Products Ltd. shall conduct periodic site reviews during the installation and requested by the Consultant. .3 Deficiencies in the work of this section shall be rectified at no expense to the Owner. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING & PROTECTION .1 Deliver all required materials to the job site in original unopened containers with all identifying labels and markers clearly visible and intact. Upon delivery inspect materials for damages and advise Durabond Products Limited in writing of any unacceptable materials. .2 Store materials in a dry, vented, waterproof location, stacked off the ground, out of direct sunlight and other detrimental conditions. Store liquid materials at ambient temperatures above 5°C and below 35°C. Protect all materials from freezing. .3 If coatings have been applied, provide protective coverings to protect freshly applied coatings from damage due to inclement weather until coatings have fully set and cured. .4 Ensure that all capping and flashing by others have been immediately and properly installed in co-ordi nation with the application of the Durex Quantum ICF, unless temporary protection by others has been provided. If capping and flashing or temporary protection have not been provided advise Architect and General Contractor in writing. .5 Protect insulation from direct sunlight. 1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS IDU I.I LD MM. 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1 R 3134 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 5 Page 180 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... .1 Prior to installation of Durex Quantum ICF, the substrate shall be examined as follows: .1 The substrate shall be type approved by Durabond Products Ltd. .2 The substrate surface shall be free of foreign materials such as oil, dust, direct form -release agents, paint, wax glazing, water, moisture, efflorescence, frost, etc. .3 The substrate shall be examined for soundness, such as tightness of connections, crumbling, spalling, delamination or loose joints, voids and projections , etc. .4 The substrate shall be examined for compliance with Contract Documents. .2 Climatic Conditions .1 Do not proceed with applications of base coat and/or finish coat at ambient air temperatures below 52C, or above 35°C. Avoid coating surfaces directly exposed to hot sun or on surfaces where condensation has or will form due to presence of high humidity and lack of proper ventilation. .2 When necessary, provide temporary enclosures for exterior work and ensure that temporary heat is provided in the area of work to maintain the required ambient air temperature prior to, during application and for a minimum of 24 hours after application of coating. SPEC NOTE Carefully co-ordinate to determine whether or not the General Contractor is to provide temporary enclosure and heat. .3 Do not apply materials to wet, frozen or frosted surfaces. .4 Do not proceed with application of materials immediately prior to, during, or immediately after inclement conditions, nor if adverse weather is anticipated within 24 hours after application. .5 Do not apply finish coat in areas where dust is being generated. .6 Proceed with work only when surfaces and conditions are satisfactory for production of a first class application. .7 Protect applied coating from rapid evaporation during dry and hot weather. Consult Durabond Products Limited for recommendations should adverse conditions exist. iWi711N:7a1►III I1 1 The warranty period stipulated in the General Conditions of the Contractor shall be extended as follows: 1 Durabond Products Ltd. shall provide a ten (10) year warranty from the date of Substantial Completion, for all components of the Durex Quantum ICF, against any defects, including excessive fading of finish, excessive change in colour, or other deterioration such as cracking or crazing DULDIAMM RCI 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1 R 3134 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 6 Page 181 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... .2 The EIFS applicator shall provide a two (2) year warranty from the date of Substantial Completion, against faulty workmanship . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER All components of the Durex Quantum ICF system shall be manufactured and/or distributed by Durabond Products Ltd. or one of its authorized distributors. No substitutes of materials shall be allowed without prior written notice of the manufacturer. 2.2 WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER (WRB) .1 Durex Flexcrete, a two component, polymer based cementitious air barrier. Mixed with Flexcrete B at 1:1 ratio. .1 Mix the Flexcrete as follows:Pour Durex Flexcrete into an empty clean mixing container. While under slow mixing action add the Durex Flexcrete 'B' in the required mixing proportions. Mix well until the mixture is free of lumps. Do not over mix or use excessive mixing speed. Allow the mixed materials to stand for a few minutes until they begin initial stiffening. Mix only enough materials that can be used within 45 minutes. Re -temper the mix and use. Discard all materials that have begun to stiffen for a second time. .2 Durex Green Guard, a ready to use, single component, water based copolymer rubber air/vapour barrier .3 Durex Blueshield, a ready to use, single component, water based copolymer rubber air barrier .4 Durex Mastic 100, a ready to use, single component, water based acrylic air barrier, used only for wood substrates. SPEC NOTE For selection of appropriate water resistive barrier please consult your Durabond Products Ltd. representative 2.3 SHEATHING JOINT REINFORCING Durex Barrier Seam Tape, a polyester reinforcing mesh supplied in rolls 100mm (4") 2.4 TRANSITION MEMBRANE 1 Durex EIFS Tape, a 30mil thick, cold applied, self -adhering, Styrene Butadiene modified rubberized asphalt membrane with a polyester top surface. Available in rolls 914mm(36"), 457mm(18"), 225mm(9"),152mm(6") and 102mm(4") wide. .2 Durex Flex -Seal, a 40 mil thick, cold applied, self -adhering, rubberized asphalt membrane with a high density cross -laminated polyethylene reinforcement. Available in rolls 914mm(36"), 457mm(18"), 225mm(9"), 152mm(6") and 102mm(4") wide. .3 Durex Flex -Seal Primer, a fast drying, rubber based, resin cut-back primer used as a pre-treatment for application of Durex Flex -Seal Membrane and Durex EIFS Tape. 2.5 INSULATION ATTACHMENT D ROLOO M I<LlM) 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario MIR 3134 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 7 Page 182 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... .1 Durex Flexcrete, a two component, polymer based cementitious insulation adhesive. Mixed with Flexcrete B, at 1:1 ratio. .2 Durex Monobase, a single component, polymer based cementitious insulation adhesive. Mixed with water at 1 bag Monobase: 5-6 Itrs water. .3 Durex V.C.A. 3.0 Insulation Adhesive, a two component, polymer based cementitious insulation adhesive. Mixed with Durex V.C.A. 3.0 Insulation Adhesive Powder, at 1:1 ratio. .4 Mechanical fasteners and fastener plates: Durex Mechanical Anchors for concrete and masonry, self - tapping screws for wood and steel. All fasteners shall be corrosion resistant coated in conformance with ASTM C1002-83, ASTM C954-81, or ASTM A548-82. Fasteners shall be embedded into the substrate a minimum of 23mm (1 ") for masonry substrates, 18mm (3/4") for wood substrates and 9mm (3/8") for metal framing substrates. Fastener plates shall be Durex WPD plastic plates. 2.6 INSULATION Durex Quantum Select Board; Type I expanded polystyrene insulation to CAN/CGSB-51.20-M87, minimum "RSI" value of 0.67 per 25 mm thickness ("R" value of 3.88 per inch), measuring 1.2 m (4'- 0") by 0.6 m (2'-0") and a minimum thickness of 50 mm (2"), total thickness as indicated on drawings. The board shall be pre -machined with rectangular channels parallel to the short edge of the board to ensure vertical alignment of the channels required for positive drainage. The depth of the rectangular channels of the Durex Quantum Select Board shall be not less than 5mm (3/16"), or not less than 10mm (1/4"),and as required by the project specifications and/or the drawings. .2 Durex Quantum Vent Board: Type I expanded polystyrene insulation to CAN/CGSB-51.20-M87, minimum "RSI" value of 0.67 per 25 mm thickness ("R" value of 3.88 per inch), measuring 667mm (8") wide by 2.4 m (8'-0") long with a minimum thickness of 50mm (2"). The Durex Quantum Vent Board is supplied complete with rectangular channels and it is pre -back wrapped with factory applied base coat and reinforcing mesh. The depth of the rectangular channels of the Durex Quantum Vent Board shall be not less than 5mm (3/16"), or not less than 10mm (1/4"), and as required by the project specifications and/or the drawings. .3 Durex Boundary Board: Type 1 polystyrene insulation to CAN/CGSB-51 2-M87, minimum "RSI" value of 0.67 per 25mm thickness ("R" value of 3.88 per inch), measuring 152mm(6") wide by 2.4m(8'-0") long with a minimum thickness of 50mm(2"). The Durex Boundary Board is pre -back wrapped with factory applied base coat and reinforcing mesh. 2.7 REINFORCING MESH .1 Standard reinforcing mesh, open weave, glass fibre mesh, weighing 152 g/m2 (4.5 oz/yd2). Durex 040 Mesh in 965mm x 50m (38" x 150') rolls. .2 Standard reinforcing mesh, open weave, glass fibre mesh, weighing 168 g/m2 (6 oz/yd2). Durex 039 Mesh in 965mm x 50 m (38" x 150') rolls. .3 Detail reinforcing mesh, standard duty, open weave, glass fibre mesh, weighing 152 g/m2 (4.5 oz/yd2). Durex 040 detail mesh in 250mm x 50 m (10" x 150') or Durex Adhesive Back detail mesh in 300cm x 50 m (12" x 150') rolls. .4 Intermediate mesh, open weave, glass fibre mesh, weighing 349 g/m2 (11 oz/yd2). Durex 323 mesh in 965mm x 22.8 m (38" x 75') rolls. .5 High impact mesh, open weave, glass fibre mesh, weighing 509 g/m2 (15 oz/yd2). Durex 330 mesh in 965mm x 22.8 m (38" x 75') rolls. .6 High impact mesh, open weave, glass fibre mesh, weighing 694 g/m2 (21 oz/yd2). Durex 391 mesh in 965mm x 22.8 m (38" x 75') rolls. DUMICUROD 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario MIR 3134 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 8 Page 183 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... 2.8 BASE COAT .1 Durex Uniplast, a two component polymer modified cementitious base coat mixed with Acrybond S, a water based 100% acrylic polymer additive at a ratio of 1 bag Durex Uniplast to 5 Itrs of Acrybond S. .1 Pour the Durex Acrybond "S" into an empty clean mixing container. While under slow mixing action add the Durex Uniplast in the required mixing proportions. Mix well until the mixture is free of lumps. Do not over mix or use excessive mixing speed. Allow the mixed materials to stand for a few minutes until they begin initial stiffening. Mix only enough material that can be used within 45 minutes. Re -temper the mix and use. Discard all materials that have begun to stiffen for a second time. .2 Durex Monobase, a single component, polymer based cementitious base coat which is mixed with water at a ratio of 1 bag Monobase to 6-7 Itrs of water. .1 Pour the clean, potable water into an empty clean mixing container. While under slow mixing action add the Durex Monobase in the required mixing proportions. Mix well until the mixture is free of lumps. Do not over mix or use excessive mixing speed. Allow the mixed materials to stand for a few minutes until they begin initial stiffening. Mix only enough material that can be used within 45 minutes. Re -temper the mix and use. Discard all materials that have begun to stiffen for a second time. 2.9 PRIMER Durex Brush Coat Primer, a 100% acrylic based, high build coating, colour -tinted to suit the colour of the final finish coat. 2.10 FINISH COAT Durex Architectural Coating, a 100% acrylic based, high build, multi -coloured, textured, protective coating. (colour and texture to be selected) 2.11 TRIM ACCESSORIES As selected by the Consultant and recommended by Durabond Products Ltd. 2.12 ACCESSORY PRODUCTS .1 Sealant: a low modulus sealant, as recommended and approved in writing by Durabond Products Ltd.Standard colour selected by Consultant. .2 Foamed -in-place Insulation: Class 1, single or two component, polyurethane foam, moisture cured with flame spread rating of 25, fuel contributed 0 and smoke developed 20 (ULC S710.1). Must be ozone friendly and containing no fluorocarbons and have a density of 27.2 kg/m3 (1.75 lbs/ft3) and a minimum "RSI" value of 0.91 per 25mm ("R" value of 5 per inch) thickness. 2.13 EQUIPMENT All mixing shall be carried out with a clean, rust -free paddle mixer that shall minimize air entrainment, powered by a power -drill at 400-500 rpm mamimum. U0EL 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario Mi R 3134 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 9 Page 184 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... .2 Hot knife or hot groover complete with all accessories such as cutting blades and appropriately sized sleds .3 Metal or paper rasps with a nominal size of 15 grit. .4 Metal trowels, hawks, utility knives, corner trowels and plastic floats PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Examine surfaces to receive the Durex Quantum ICF for defects, that will adversely affect execution and quality of work. Ensure substrate surfaces, including each applied base coat, are dry, solid and sound, free of weak and powdery surfaces, free from ice, snow and frost, oil, grease, releasing agents and other deleterious materials detrimental to a positive bond. SPEC NOTE Deteriorating, weak, powdering or flaking surfaces may require further preparation work prior to installation of the Durex Quantum ICF. Check with Durabond Products Ltd for questionable substrate materials and conditions. .3 Ensure substrate tolerance is within 2 mm/m (1/4" in 10'-0") .4 Ensure that flashing at all openings, roof -wall intersections, terminations and other areas as required, have been installed to divert water away from the Durex Quantum ICF. .5 Report in writing to Consultant all adverse conditions, which will be detrimental to work of this Trade. .6 Do not start work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. .7 Commencement of work shall indicate acceptance of substrate conditions 3.2 PREPARATION Thoroughly clean and wash (existing) surfaces, including each applied base coat, (and including existing coated surfaces) by wire brushing or other approved methods to remove all dirt, dust, grease, oil, latent, loose coatings and other contaminants detrimental to newly applied system. Where necessary, mask all surrounding surfaces to provide neat, clean, true juncture lines with no over -spray of the coatings on surrounding surfaces. .3 Co-operate and co-ordinate with other trades penetrating or abutting to the work of this Trade. Ensure that components by other trades are in position before application of the Durex Quantum Select. 3.3 APPLICATION .1 General: DU", -aft) 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1 R 3134 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 10 Page 185 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Install the Durex Quantum ICF in strict accordance with the approved mock-up and Durabond Products Ltd's printed instructions (and reviewed shop drawings). SPEC NOTE Correlate requirements for shop drawings with Article 9.6. .2 Water Resistive Barrier (WRB): Apply the selected water resistive barrier, over the entire surface of the selected Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) substrate, as per our application instructions, applying sufficient pressure in the trowelling process to ensure full contact with the substrate. Immediately place the reinforcing mesh onto the wet water resistive barrier and trowel the mesh from the centre to the edges, filling all voids in the mesh until the mesh is completely embedded. Allow a minimum of 24 hours for drying and curing. At all locations where the substrate material changes install a 30 mm (12") strip of Durex Seam Tape or Durex EIFS Tape in strict accordance with Durabond Products Ltd.'s printed instructions, to maintain continuity of the water resistive barrier. .3 Durex Quantum Vent Board Around all openings such as windows, doors, louvers etc. install the Durex Quantum Vent Board by applying the selected insulation adhesive using the specially cut notched steel trowel on the back of the Durex Quantum Vent Board and placing it firmly over the cured selected water resistive barrier, around each opening. The Durex Quantum Vent Board shall be cut at a 450 angle, at all outside corners of openings. At all horizontal interfaces and/or terminations between Durex Quantum ICF and other cladding systems such as brick, stone, metal cladding, precast, metal flashing etc. install the Durex Quantum Vent Board by applying the selected insulation adhesive using the specially cut notched steel trowel on the back of the Durex Quantum Vent Board and placing it firmly over the cured selected water resistive barrier, allowing a space between the Durex Quantum Select and the specified cladding system of approximately 12.7mm (1/2"). .4 Durex Boundary Board .1 Durex Boundary Board shall be installed at all upper horizontal terminations and/or inter -faces with dissimilar substrates, except at around fenestrations and/or minor penetrations and other terminations, by using the following procedure: Apply the selected insulation adhesive using a steel notched trowel, on the back of the Durex Boundary Board and placing it over the cured selected water resistve barrier, using uniform pressure. Allow a space of approximately 12.7mm (1/2") between the Durex Insulation Starter Strip and the specified cladding system. .5 Insulation and Adhesive: Durex Quantum ICF - Two Step WRB/Adhesive Application Procedure Utilizing a specially cut notched steel trowel apply the selected insulation adhesive on the back of the Durex Quantum Select Board, ensuring that there is a ribbon of insulation adhesive in the center of UMAURD00 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1 R 3B4 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 11 Page 186 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... the upper side of each pre -machined channel. Immediately install the Durex Quantum Select Board over the cured selected water resistive barrier with firm and uniform pressure Apply the selected insulation adhesive so as to avoid excess material in the pre -machined channels. Ensure that the Durex Quantum Select Board is installed so that the pre -machined channels are vertically aligned. 2 Durex Quantum ICF— One Step WRB/Adhesive Application Procedure .1 Apply Durex Flexcrete WRB/Adhesive) at 3mm (1.8") thick uniformly over the substrate. Durex Quantum Select Insulation Board shall be installed immediately and adhered to the wet WRB/Adhesive. .2 Install mechanical fasteners into Durex Quantum Select Board, immediately after it has been adhered at a spacing of 400mm (16") horizontally, in two lines (total of 4 fasteners per insulation board) .3 Durex Quantum ICF — Two Step WRB/Adhesive Application Procedure Apply Durex Flexcrete Adhesive at 2mm (3/32") thick uniformly over the cured Durex Flexcrete Water Resistive Barrier (WRB). Immediately adhere the Durex Quantum Select Board by firmly ressing it into the wet adhesive, ensuring full contact between them. .4 Install the Durex Quantum Select Boards to the substrate in running bond pattern and with joints offset with respect to joints in the substrate by a minimum of 150 mm (6") and with the pre -machined vertical channels in alignment. .5 Interlock Durex Quantum Select Boards at all inside and outside corners. .6 Immediately after applying the insulation adhesive, before initial set begins, firmly press the insulation board into place. Begin installation at one end, from a baseline, to form an uninterrupted surface. .7 Butt the insulation boards to moderate tight fit. Ensure a full thermal barrier throughout. .8 Gaps occurring in or between the insulation boards shall be filled with foamed -in-place polyurethane insulation. .9 Create all reveals in insulation boards in accurate alignment over the entire wall surfaces as indicated on architectural drawings. Ensure reveals are true to size, straight, plumb and level throughout. .10 Rasp the entire insulation surface and edges to a tolerance of not more than 3 mm (1/8") in 3 m (10'). .5 Base Coat and Reinforcing Mesh .1 Ensure that the insulation boards have been rasped and the surface is dry and free of loose insulation,dirt, yellowing from UV exposure, etc. and that detail work has been completed. .2 At all areas where detail reinforcing mesh has been installed, apply a layer of base coat to the exposed edges and face of the insulation boards. Pull the detail reinforcing mesh into the base coat so that it isfully embedded. Using an edging tool, smooth the corner to render it square. .3 Reinforce all corners of openings where no control joints are detailed with an additional strip of reinforcing mesh, 230 mm by 305 mm (9" by 12") installed diagonally across the corners. D m bLilSL+ 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1 R 3134 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 12 Page 187 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... .4 Apply a layer of base coat over the insulation surface, not less than 2 mm, applying sufficient pressure in the trowelling process to ensure full contact with the insulation. Immediately place the reinforcing mesh onto the wet base coat and trowel the mesh from the centre to the edges, filling all voids in the mesh until the mesh is completely embedded. .5 Provide high impact reinforcing mesh where indicated on drawings. Tightly abut the edges; do not lap high impact mesh. Embed the mesh into wet base coat and trowel the mesh from the centre to the edges, filling all voids in the mesh until the mesh is completely embedded. Allow the high impact base coat to dry before applying the standard reinforcing mesh .6 Install the reinforcing mesh tight, straight and free of wrinkles, ripples and waves. .7 Embed the standard reinforcing mesh into the base coat with joints overlapped a minimum of 63 mm (2-1/2") and double wrapping inside and outside corners a minimum of 203 mm (8"). .8 Overlap detail reinforcing mesh with standard reinforcing mesh 100 mm (4") at all locations where detail reinforcing mesh has been installed. .6 Final Base Coat: 1 In hot, dry weather, if the scratch coat surface is exceptionally dry, lightly dampen the surface with a fog mist of clean potable water. Do not over -saturate with water, as it will impair the bonding of the base coat. .2 Trowel apply the base coat, applying sufficient pressure to ensure full bond with the base coat. .3 Use a straight edge tool to darby the surface and bring it to a straight, even and true surface. .4 Total thickness of base coat shall be achieved at an application rate not less than 7.2 kg/m2 (1.5 Ibs/ft2). .5 When the base coat has taken initial set, use a wood or sponge float and work the surface with light circular motions to remove all high points and to fill low points. .6 Final surface shall be smooth, straight and true to a tolerance of not more than 3.2 mm in 3 m (1/8" in 10'-0"). Surface shall be free of trowel marks, irregularities and visible mesh pattern. .7 Allow a minimum of 3 days for curing and drying. .7 Finish Coat Primer .1 Evenly apply the primer throughout with a high pile roller at a rate of 2.8 m2/litre (600 ft2/pail). Substrate shall not be visible through the applied primer. .2 Avoid excessive build-up in any one area. Dmlim' 55 Underwriters Road, Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1 R 3B4 Tel: 416-759-4474, Fax: 416-759-4470, www.durabond.com Page 13 Page 188 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Proud Herh1ge, E,,,Th6:g FWnre SEWAGE SYSTEM VERIFICATION GUIDELINES Description Required Submission Comments Status Building Permit Application V/ Municipal Form 5: Sewage System o u_ Verification Use Permit & As -built drawing Issued by the SCDHU or Township Misc Permit Fee ✓ As per Fee By-law Calculated at submission • Refer to the Home Owner's Guide for further details. �• Be advised that additional information may be required following a full review of your permit application package. 2 COPIESOF ALL PLANS / DOCUMENTS ARE REQUIRED Page 189 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Plumbing Fixture no. before no. after No. of bedrooms existing before renovation...[ ] Bathroom Group - 2 pc No. of bedrooms proposed after renovation...[ Bathroom Group - 3 pc No. of separate dwelling units before ... after Bathroom Group - 4 pc Indicate FINISED FLOOR AREA in sq. M. [ ] or sq. Ft. [ ] Bidet Basement before: after: Kitchen Sinks First Floor before: after: Washing Machine Second Floor before: after: Laundr Tubs Third Floor before: after: Dishwasher Other before: after: otaI Area before: after: Is there a Water Filter [ ] and / or a Water Softener [ ] that backwashes into the sewer lines? (check ✓ if there is) WATER SUPPLY: communal...[ ] drilled well...[ ] dug well...[ ] lake or river...[ ] other...[ ] (describe)... The SEWAGE SYSTEM was installed in (year). The owner then was Provide a complete and detailed site plan that accurately shows the property and proposed work. WARNING: any deviation from the approved pians, specifications or building locations after the issuance of this permit is a violation of the Building Code and is liable to prosecutions. I agree to comply with the provisions of the Building By-law and Zoning By-law of the Township of Oro-Medonte and any amendments thereto. I further agree that neither the granting of a Permit nor the approval of the drawings and specifications, no the inspections made by the authority having jurisdiction during the work on the building shall in any way relieve me from full responsibility for carrying out the work in accordance with the Ontario Building Code and Regulations there under. DECLARATION I hereby certify that I have knowledge of the particulars contained in the foregoing Statements, and I solemnly declare that the same are in every respect, fully and truly stated to the best of my knowledge and belief, as if made under and by virtue of the Canada Evidence Act. Signature (Owner or Agent) Print Name Date File Information... n Site Inspection ... n Date: Grant as proposed...[ ] Grant with conditions below...[ ] Unable to approve, reasons below...[ ] Signature Date Building Official Page 190 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be F-- � i Y 43 Ifl P aaam fill F-- � i Y 43 Ifl P Page 191 of 193 10.e) A By -Law to Authorize the Execution of an Agreement Be... Page 192 of 193 € 'i 111vyedgy.@[j5Ail d � Cg S¢ gg 3 p• E g ae9 �� P3 - € 3 3 s5= Fa eg r d 5 5;� 8 f i i► ::r3 } ;Wi=g Q �� i 111 Hi i#5A a d g s n Elaif a SiF i (.E _E Y.l.d$6 ii!F4ipi! 88Y IgPSt3 fd6t�C�7t q�$53g}gg it 11 Al:,'E 9 @€ d : tC i 7#B i►1 i tlaii d n�i # , f $ Id !d J NNr !�- K § � zg �ti f �i•�� ,' f �' E�i�t` 'f FF '_U J d � T EdiiE $'s - d i €fie # '^ � {SYTf&LANOSGIPING PWV Page 192 of 193 12.a) Being a By -Law to Confirm the Proceedings of the Speci... THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE BY-LAW NO. 2013-139 Being a By -Law to Confirm the Proceedings of the Special Council Meeting held on Wednesday, August 14, 2013 WHEREAS Section 5 of the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, C. 25, as amended provides that the powers of the Municipal Council shall be exercised by By -Law, unless the municipality is specifically authorized to do otherwise; AND WHEREAS The Council of The Corporation of the Township of Oro-Medonte deems it expedient that the proceedings at this Special Council Meeting be confirmed and adopted by By -Law; NOW THEREFORE the Council of The Corporation of the Township of Oro- Medonte hereby enacts as follows: 1. That the actions of the Council at its Special Council Meeting held on Wednesday, August 14, 2013, and in respect to each Motion, Resolution and other actions passed and taken by the Council at its said Meeting is, except where prior approval of the Ontario Municipal Board is required, hereby adopted, ratified and confirmed. 2. That the Mayor and the proper Officials of the Township are hereby authorized and directed to do all things necessary to give effect to the said action or to obtain approvals where required and to execute all documents as may be necessary on behalf of the Council of the Corporation of the Township of Oro- Medonte. 3. That the Mayor/Chair and Clerk/Designate are hereby authorized and directed to execute and affix the corporate seal to all necessary documents. 4. And That this by-law shall come into force and take effect on the final passing thereof. BY-LAW READ A FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD TIME, AND PASSED THIS 14TH DAY OF AUGUST, 2013. THE CORPORATION OF THE TOWNSHIP OF ORO-MEDONTE Mayor, H.S. Hughes Clerk, J. Douglas Irwin Page 193 of 193